账户
0x0a...ebbc
0x0A...EbbC

0x0A...EbbC

$500
此合同的源代码已经过验证!
合同元数据
编译器
0.8.27+commit.40a35a09
语言
Solidity
合同源代码
文件 1 的 113:AccessControl.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IAccessControl} from "./IAccessControl.sol";
import {Context} from "../utils/Context.sol";
import {ERC165} from "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it. We recommend using {AccessControlDefaultAdminRules}
 * to enforce additional security measures for this role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address account => bool) hasRole;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }

    mapping(bytes32 role => RoleData) private _roles;

    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error including the required role.
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].hasRole[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `_msgSender()`
     * is missing `role`. Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `account`
     * is missing `role`.
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) public virtual {
        if (callerConfirmation != _msgSender()) {
            revert AccessControlBadConfirmation();
        }

        _revokeRole(role, callerConfirmation);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to grant `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was granted.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].hasRole[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to revoke `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was revoked.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].hasRole[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 2 的 113:AccessControlUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IAccessControl} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol";
import {ContextUpgradeable} from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC165Upgradeable} from "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it. We recommend using {AccessControlDefaultAdminRules}
 * to enforce additional security measures for this role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControl, ERC165Upgradeable {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address account => bool) hasRole;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }

    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;


    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessControl
    struct AccessControlStorage {
        mapping(bytes32 role => RoleData) _roles;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessControl")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant AccessControlStorageLocation = 0x02dd7bc7dec4dceedda775e58dd541e08a116c6c53815c0bd028192f7b626800;

    function _getAccessControlStorage() private pure returns (AccessControlStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := AccessControlStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error including the required role.
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }

    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        return $._roles[role].hasRole[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `_msgSender()`
     * is missing `role`. Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `account`
     * is missing `role`.
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        return $._roles[role].adminRole;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) public virtual {
        if (callerConfirmation != _msgSender()) {
            revert AccessControlBadConfirmation();
        }

        _revokeRole(role, callerConfirmation);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        $._roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to grant `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was granted.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            $._roles[role].hasRole[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to revoke `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was revoked.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            $._roles[role].hasRole[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 3 的 113:Address.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev The ETH balance of the account is not enough to perform the operation.
     */
    error AddressInsufficientBalance(address account);

    /**
     * @dev There's no code at `target` (it is not a contract).
     */
    error AddressEmptyCode(address target);

    /**
     * @dev A call to an address target failed. The target may have reverted.
     */
    error FailedInnerCall();

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.20/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (address(this).balance < amount) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        if (!success) {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason or custom error, it is bubbled
     * up by this function (like regular Solidity function calls). However, if
     * the call reverted with no returned reason, this function reverts with a
     * {FailedInnerCall} error.
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        if (address(this).balance < value) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and reverts if the target
     * was not a contract or bubbling up the revert reason (falling back to {FailedInnerCall}) in case of an
     * unsuccessful call.
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            // only check if target is a contract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
            // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
            if (returndata.length == 0 && target.code.length == 0) {
                revert AddressEmptyCode(target);
            }
            return returndata;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and reverts if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or with a default {FailedInnerCall} error.
     */
    function verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            return returndata;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with returndata if present. Otherwise reverts with {FailedInnerCall}.
     */
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 4 的 113:AddressCast.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LZBL-1.2

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

library AddressCast {
    error AddressCast_InvalidSizeForAddress();
    error AddressCast_InvalidAddress();

    function toBytes32(bytes calldata _addressBytes) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        if (_addressBytes.length > 32) revert AddressCast_InvalidAddress();
        result = bytes32(_addressBytes);
        unchecked {
            uint256 offset = 32 - _addressBytes.length;
            result = result >> (offset * 8);
        }
    }

    function toBytes32(address _address) internal pure returns (bytes32 result) {
        result = bytes32(uint256(uint160(_address)));
    }

    function toBytes(bytes32 _addressBytes32, uint256 _size) internal pure returns (bytes memory result) {
        if (_size == 0 || _size > 32) revert AddressCast_InvalidSizeForAddress();
        result = new bytes(_size);
        unchecked {
            uint256 offset = 256 - _size * 8;
            assembly {
                mstore(add(result, 32), shl(offset, _addressBytes32))
            }
        }
    }

    function toAddress(bytes32 _addressBytes32) internal pure returns (address result) {
        result = address(uint160(uint256(_addressBytes32)));
    }

    function toAddress(bytes calldata _addressBytes) internal pure returns (address result) {
        if (_addressBytes.length != 20) revert AddressCast_InvalidAddress();
        result = address(bytes20(_addressBytes));
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 5 的 113:AggregatorV3Interface.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

// solhint-disable-next-line interface-starts-with-i
interface AggregatorV3Interface {
  function decimals() external view returns (uint8);

  function description() external view returns (string memory);

  function version() external view returns (uint256);

  function getRoundData(
    uint80 _roundId
  ) external view returns (uint80 roundId, int256 answer, uint256 startedAt, uint256 updatedAt, uint80 answeredInRound);

  function latestRoundData()
    external
    view
    returns (uint80 roundId, int256 answer, uint256 startedAt, uint256 updatedAt, uint80 answeredInRound);
}
合同源代码
文件 6 的 113:Auction.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Pool} from "./Pool.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "./PoolFactory.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";

contract Auction is Initializable, UUPSUpgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;

  // Pool contract
  address public pool;

  // Auction beneficiary
  address public beneficiary;

  // Auction buy and sell tokens
  address public buyCouponToken;
  address public sellReserveToken;

  // Auction end time and total buy amount
  uint256 public endTime;
  uint256 public totalBuyCouponAmount;
  uint256 public poolSaleLimit;

  // Pending refunds
  mapping(address => uint256) public pendingRefunds; // user => amount

  enum State {
    BIDDING,
    SUCCEEDED,
    FAILED_UNDERSOLD,
    FAILED_POOL_SALE_LIMIT
  }

  State public state;

  struct Bid {
    address bidder;
    uint256 buyReserveAmount;
    uint256 sellCouponAmount;
    uint256 nextBidIndex;
    uint256 prevBidIndex;
    bool claimed;
  }

  mapping(uint256 => Bid) public bids; // Mapping to store all bids by their index
  uint256 public bidCount;
  uint256 public lastBidIndex;
  uint256 public highestBidIndex; // The index of the highest bid in the sorted list
  uint256 public maxBids;
  uint256 public lowestBidIndex; // New variable to track the lowest bid
  uint256 public currentCouponAmount; // Aggregated buy amount (coupon) for the auction
  uint256 public totalSellReserveAmount; // Aggregated sell amount (reserve) for the auction

  event AuctionEnded(State state, uint256 totalSellReserveAmount, uint256 totalBuyCouponAmount);
  event FailedAuctionBidRefundClaimed(uint256 indexed bidIndex, address indexed bidder, uint256 sellCouponAmount);
  event LosingBidRefundClaimed(address indexed bidder, uint256 sellCouponAmount);
  event BidClaimed(uint256 indexed bidIndex, address indexed bidder, uint256 sellCouponAmount);
  event BidPlaced(uint256 indexed bidIndex, address indexed bidder, uint256 buyReserveAmount, uint256 sellCouponAmount);
  event BidRemoved(
    uint256 indexed bidIndex, address indexed bidder, uint256 buyReserveAmount, uint256 sellCouponAmount
  );
  event BidReduced(
    uint256 indexed bidIndex, address indexed bidder, uint256 buyReserveAmount, uint256 sellCouponAmount
  );
  event BidRefundAllocated(address indexed bidder, uint256 couponAmount);

  error AccessDenied();
  error AuctionFailed();
  error NothingToClaim();
  error AlreadyClaimed();
  error AuctionHasEnded();
  error BidAmountTooLow();
  error BidAmountTooHigh();
  error InvalidSellAmount();
  error AuctionStillOngoing();
  error AuctionAlreadyEnded();
  error AuctionSucceededOrOngoing();

  uint256 public constant MAX_BID_AMOUNT = 1e50;

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the Auction contract.
   * @param _buyCouponToken The address of the buy token (coupon).
   * @param _sellReserveToken The address of the sell token (reserve).
   * @param _totalBuyCouponAmount The total amount of buy tokens (coupon) for the auction.
   * @param _endTime The end time of the auction.
   * @param _maxBids The maximum number of bids allowed in the auction.
   * @param _beneficiary The address of the auction beneficiary.
   * @param _poolSaleLimit The percentage threshold auctions should respect when selling reserves
   * (e.g. 95 = 95%).
   */
  function initialize(
    address _pool,
    address _buyCouponToken,
    address _sellReserveToken,
    uint256 _totalBuyCouponAmount,
    uint256 _endTime,
    uint256 _maxBids,
    address _beneficiary,
    uint256 _poolSaleLimit
  ) public initializer {
    __UUPSUpgradeable_init();

    buyCouponToken = _buyCouponToken; // coupon
    sellReserveToken = _sellReserveToken; // reserve
    totalBuyCouponAmount = _totalBuyCouponAmount; // coupon amount
    endTime = _endTime;
    maxBids = _maxBids;
    pool = _pool;
    poolSaleLimit = _poolSaleLimit;

    if (_beneficiary == address(0)) beneficiary = msg.sender;
    else beneficiary = _beneficiary;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Places a bid on a portion of the pool.
   * @param buyReserveAmount The amount of buy tokens (reserve) to bid.
   * @param sellCouponAmount The amount of sell tokens (coupon) to bid.
   * @return The index of the bid.
   */
  function bid(uint256 buyReserveAmount, uint256 sellCouponAmount)
    external
    auctionActive
    whenNotPaused
    returns (uint256)
  {
    if (sellCouponAmount == 0 || sellCouponAmount > totalBuyCouponAmount) revert InvalidSellAmount();
    if (sellCouponAmount % slotSize() != 0) revert InvalidSellAmount();
    if (buyReserveAmount == 0) revert BidAmountTooLow();
    if (buyReserveAmount > MAX_BID_AMOUNT) revert BidAmountTooHigh();

    // Transfer buy tokens to contract
    IERC20(buyCouponToken).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), sellCouponAmount);

    Bid memory newBid = Bid({
      bidder: msg.sender,
      buyReserveAmount: buyReserveAmount,
      sellCouponAmount: sellCouponAmount,
      nextBidIndex: 0, // Default to 0, which indicates the end of the list
      prevBidIndex: 0, // Default to 0, which indicates the start of the list
      claimed: false
    });

    lastBidIndex++; // Avoids 0 index
    uint256 newBidIndex = lastBidIndex;
    bids[newBidIndex] = newBid;
    bidCount++;

    // Insert the new bid into the sorted linked list
    insertSortedBid(newBidIndex);
    currentCouponAmount += sellCouponAmount;
    totalSellReserveAmount += buyReserveAmount;

    if (bidCount > maxBids) {
      if (lowestBidIndex == newBidIndex) revert BidAmountTooLow();
      _removeBid(lowestBidIndex);
    }

    // Remove and refund out of range bids
    removeExcessBids();

    // Check if the new bid is still on the map after removeBids
    if (bids[newBidIndex].bidder == address(0)) revert BidAmountTooLow();

    emit BidPlaced(newBidIndex, msg.sender, buyReserveAmount, sellCouponAmount);

    return newBidIndex;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Inserts the bid into the linked list based on the price (buyAmount/sellAmount) in
   * descending order, then by sellAmount.
   * @param newBidIndex The index of the bid to insert.
   */
  function insertSortedBid(uint256 newBidIndex) internal {
    Bid storage newBid = bids[newBidIndex];
    uint256 newSellCouponAmount = newBid.sellCouponAmount;
    uint256 newBuyReserveAmount = newBid.buyReserveAmount;
    uint256 leftSide;
    uint256 rightSide;

    if (highestBidIndex == 0) {
      // First bid being inserted
      highestBidIndex = newBidIndex;
      lowestBidIndex = newBidIndex;
    } else {
      uint256 currentBidIndex = highestBidIndex;
      uint256 previousBidIndex = 0;

      // Traverse the linked list to find the correct spot for the new bid
      while (currentBidIndex != 0) {
        // Cache the current bid's data into local variables
        Bid storage currentBid = bids[currentBidIndex];
        uint256 currentSellCouponAmount = currentBid.sellCouponAmount;
        uint256 currentBuyReserveAmount = currentBid.buyReserveAmount;
        uint256 currentNextBidIndex = currentBid.nextBidIndex;

        // Compare prices without division by cross-multiplying (it's more gas efficient)
        leftSide = newSellCouponAmount * currentBuyReserveAmount;
        rightSide = currentSellCouponAmount * newBuyReserveAmount;

        if (leftSide > rightSide || (leftSide == rightSide && newSellCouponAmount > currentSellCouponAmount)) break;

        previousBidIndex = currentBidIndex;
        currentBidIndex = currentNextBidIndex;
      }

      if (previousBidIndex == 0) {
        // New bid is the highest bid
        newBid.nextBidIndex = highestBidIndex;
        bids[highestBidIndex].prevBidIndex = newBidIndex;
        highestBidIndex = newBidIndex;
      } else {
        // Insert bid in the middle or at the end
        newBid.nextBidIndex = currentBidIndex;
        newBid.prevBidIndex = previousBidIndex;
        bids[previousBidIndex].nextBidIndex = newBidIndex;
        if (currentBidIndex != 0) bids[currentBidIndex].prevBidIndex = newBidIndex;
      }

      // If the new bid is inserted at the end, update the lowest bid index
      if (currentBidIndex == 0) lowestBidIndex = newBidIndex;
    }

    // Cache the lowest bid's data into local variables
    Bid storage lowestBid = bids[lowestBidIndex];
    uint256 lowestSellCouponAmount = lowestBid.sellCouponAmount;
    uint256 lowestBuyReserveAmount = lowestBid.buyReserveAmount;

    // Compare prices without division by cross-multiplying (it's more gas efficient)
    leftSide = newSellCouponAmount * lowestBuyReserveAmount;
    rightSide = lowestSellCouponAmount * newBuyReserveAmount;

    if (leftSide < rightSide || (leftSide == rightSide && newSellCouponAmount < lowestSellCouponAmount)) {
      lowestBidIndex = newBidIndex;
    }
  }

  /**
   * @dev Removes excess bids from the auction.
   */
  function removeExcessBids() internal {
    if (currentCouponAmount <= totalBuyCouponAmount) return;

    uint256 amountToRemove = currentCouponAmount - totalBuyCouponAmount;
    uint256 currentIndex = lowestBidIndex;

    while (currentIndex != 0 && amountToRemove != 0) {
      // Cache the current bid's data into local variables
      Bid storage currentBid = bids[currentIndex];
      uint256 sellCouponAmount = currentBid.sellCouponAmount;
      uint256 prevIndex = currentBid.prevBidIndex;

      if (amountToRemove >= sellCouponAmount) {
        // Subtract the sellAmount from amountToRemove
        amountToRemove -= sellCouponAmount;

        // Remove the bid
        _removeBid(currentIndex);

        // Move to the previous bid (higher price)
        currentIndex = prevIndex;
      } else {
        // Calculate the proportion of sellAmount being removed
        uint256 proportion = (amountToRemove * 1e18) / sellCouponAmount;

        // Reduce the current bid's amounts
        currentBid.sellCouponAmount = sellCouponAmount - amountToRemove;
        currentCouponAmount -= amountToRemove;

        uint256 reserveReduction = ((currentBid.buyReserveAmount * proportion) / 1e18);
        currentBid.buyReserveAmount = currentBid.buyReserveAmount - reserveReduction;
        totalSellReserveAmount -= reserveReduction;

        // Refund the proportional sellAmount
        pendingRefunds[currentBid.bidder] += amountToRemove;

        amountToRemove = 0;
        emit BidRefundAllocated(currentBid.bidder, amountToRemove);
        emit BidReduced(currentIndex, currentBid.bidder, currentBid.buyReserveAmount, currentBid.sellCouponAmount);
      }
    }
  }

  /**
   * @dev Removes a bid from the linked list.
   * @param bidIndex The index of the bid to remove.
   */
  function _removeBid(uint256 bidIndex) internal {
    Bid storage bidToRemove = bids[bidIndex];
    uint256 nextIndex = bidToRemove.nextBidIndex;
    uint256 prevIndex = bidToRemove.prevBidIndex;

    // Update linked list pointers
    if (prevIndex == 0) {
      // Removing the highest bid
      highestBidIndex = nextIndex;
    } else {
      bids[prevIndex].nextBidIndex = nextIndex;
    }

    if (nextIndex == 0) {
      // Removing the lowest bid
      lowestBidIndex = prevIndex;
    } else {
      bids[nextIndex].prevBidIndex = prevIndex;
    }

    address bidder = bidToRemove.bidder;
    uint256 buyReserveAmount = bidToRemove.buyReserveAmount;
    uint256 sellCouponAmount = bidToRemove.sellCouponAmount;
    currentCouponAmount -= sellCouponAmount;
    totalSellReserveAmount -= buyReserveAmount;

    // Refund the buy tokens for the removed bid
    pendingRefunds[bidder] += sellCouponAmount;

    emit BidRefundAllocated(bidder, sellCouponAmount);
    emit BidRemoved(bidIndex, bidder, buyReserveAmount, sellCouponAmount);

    delete bids[bidIndex];
    bidCount--;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Ends the auction and transfers the reserve to the auction.
   */
  function endAuction() external auctionExpired whenNotPaused {
    if (state != State.BIDDING) revert AuctionAlreadyEnded();

    if (currentCouponAmount < totalBuyCouponAmount) {
      state = State.FAILED_UNDERSOLD;
      Pool(pool).zeroLastSharesPerToken();
    } else if (totalSellReserveAmount >= (IERC20(sellReserveToken).balanceOf(pool) * poolSaleLimit) / 100) {
      state = State.FAILED_POOL_SALE_LIMIT;
      Pool(pool).zeroLastSharesPerToken();
    } else {
      state = State.SUCCEEDED;
      Pool(pool).transferReserveToAuction(totalSellReserveAmount);
      IERC20(buyCouponToken).safeTransfer(beneficiary, totalBuyCouponAmount);
    }

    emit AuctionEnded(state, totalSellReserveAmount, totalBuyCouponAmount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Claims the tokens for a winning bid.
   * @param bidIndex The index of the bid to claim.
   */
  function claimBid(uint256 bidIndex) external auctionExpired auctionSucceeded whenNotPaused {
    Bid storage bidInfo = bids[bidIndex];
    if (bidInfo.bidder != msg.sender) revert NothingToClaim();
    if (bidInfo.claimed) revert AlreadyClaimed();

    bidInfo.claimed = true;
    IERC20(sellReserveToken).safeTransfer(bidInfo.bidder, bidInfo.buyReserveAmount);

    emit BidClaimed(bidIndex, bidInfo.bidder, bidInfo.buyReserveAmount);
  }

  function claimRefund(uint256 bidIndex) external auctionExpired auctionFailed whenNotPaused {
    Bid storage bidInfo = bids[bidIndex];
    if (bidInfo.bidder != msg.sender) revert NothingToClaim();
    if (bidInfo.claimed) revert AlreadyClaimed();

    bidInfo.claimed = true;
    IERC20(buyCouponToken).safeTransfer(bidInfo.bidder, bidInfo.sellCouponAmount);

    emit FailedAuctionBidRefundClaimed(bidIndex, bidInfo.bidder, bidInfo.sellCouponAmount);
  }

  function claimRefund() external whenNotPaused {
    uint256 amountToClaim = pendingRefunds[msg.sender];
    if (amountToClaim == 0) revert NothingToClaim();

    pendingRefunds[msg.sender] = 0;
    IERC20(buyCouponToken).safeTransfer(msg.sender, amountToClaim);

    emit LosingBidRefundClaimed(msg.sender, amountToClaim);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Returns the size of a bid slot.
   * @return uint256 The size of a bid slot.
   */
  function slotSize() public view returns (uint256) {
    return totalBuyCouponAmount / maxBids;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the auction is still active.
   */
  modifier auctionActive() {
    if (block.timestamp >= endTime) revert AuctionHasEnded();
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the auction has expired.
   */
  modifier auctionExpired() {
    if (block.timestamp < endTime) revert AuctionStillOngoing();
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the auction succeeded.
   */
  modifier auctionSucceeded() {
    if (state != State.SUCCEEDED) revert AuctionFailed();
    _;
  }

  modifier auctionFailed() {
    if (state == State.SUCCEEDED || state == State.BIDDING) revert AuctionSucceededOrOngoing();
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the caller has the specified role.
   * @param role The role to check for.
   */
  modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
    if (!PoolFactory(Pool(pool).poolFactory()).hasRole(role, msg.sender)) revert AccessDenied();
    _;
  }

  function pause() external onlyRole(PoolFactory(Pool(pool).poolFactory()).SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE()) {
    _pause();
  }

  function unpause() external onlyRole(PoolFactory(Pool(pool).poolFactory()).SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE()) {
    _unpause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Authorizes an upgrade to a new implementation.
   * Can only be called by the owner of the contract.
   * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation
   */
  function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation)
    internal
    override
    onlyRole(PoolFactory(Pool(pool).poolFactory()).GOV_ROLE())
  {}
}
合同源代码
文件 7 的 113:BalancerRouter.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicensed
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Pool} from "./Pool.sol";
import {IVault} from "@balancer/contracts/interfaces/contracts/vault/IVault.sol";
import {IAsset} from "@balancer/contracts/interfaces/contracts/vault/IAsset.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {IBasePool} from "@balancer/contracts/interfaces/contracts/vault/IBasePool.sol";
import {IERC20 as BalancerIERC20} from "@balancer/contracts/interfaces/contracts/solidity-utils/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {WeightedPoolUserData} from "@balancer/contracts/interfaces/contracts/pool-weighted/WeightedPoolUserData.sol";
import {IWETH} from "./lib/IWETH.sol";

contract BalancerRouter is ReentrancyGuard {
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;

  address constant ETH = 0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE;
  IVault public immutable balancerVault;
  IWETH public immutable weth;

  event TokensRedeemed(
    address indexed plazaPool,
    address caller,
    address indexed onBehalfOf,
    Pool.TokenType tokenType,
    uint256 depositedAmount,
    uint256 redeemedAmount
  );

  error UnexpectedEth();

  constructor(address _balancerVault, address _weth) {
    balancerVault = IVault(_balancerVault);
    weth = IWETH(_weth);
  }

  function deposit(
    address plazaPool,
    address depositToken,
    uint256 amount,
    Pool.TokenType tokenType,
    uint256 minPlazaTokens
  ) external payable returns (uint256) {
    // Step 0: Check for ETH
    if (msg.value > 0) {
      if (depositToken != ETH) revert UnexpectedEth();
      weth.deposit{value: msg.value}();
      depositToken = address(weth);
      amount = msg.value;
    }

    // Step 1: Get Balancer Pool ID
    address blpToken = Pool(plazaPool).reserveToken();
    bytes32 poolId = IBasePool(blpToken).getPoolId();

    // Step 2: Get Balancer Pool Tokens
    (BalancerIERC20[] memory tokens,,) = balancerVault.getPoolTokens(poolId);
    IAsset[] memory assets = new IAsset[](tokens.length);
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokens.length; i++) {
      assets[i] = IAsset(address(tokens[i]));
    }

    // Step 3: Get Deposit Token Index
    uint256 depositTokenIndex;
    uint256[] memory amountsIn = new uint256[](tokens.length);
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokens.length; i++) {
      if (address(tokens[i]) == depositToken) {
        depositTokenIndex = i;
        break;
      }
    }
    amountsIn[depositTokenIndex] = amount;

    // Step 4: Get Amounts In Without BPT
    uint256[] memory amountsInWithoutBpt = new uint256[](amountsIn.length - 1);
    amountsInWithoutBpt[depositTokenIndex - 1] = amount;

    // Step 5: Format User Data
    bytes memory userData =
      abi.encode(WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.EXACT_TOKENS_IN_FOR_BPT_OUT, amountsInWithoutBpt, 0);

    // Step 6: Join Balancer and Plaza
    return
      joinBalancerAndPlaza(poolId, plazaPool, assets, amountsIn, userData, tokenType, minPlazaTokens, block.timestamp);
  }

  function joinBalancerAndPlaza(
    bytes32 balancerPoolId,
    address _plazaPool,
    IAsset[] memory assets,
    uint256[] memory maxAmountsIn,
    bytes memory userData,
    Pool.TokenType plazaTokenType,
    uint256 minPlazaTokens,
    uint256 deadline
  ) public nonReentrant returns (uint256) {
    // Step 1: Join Balancer Pool
    uint256 balancerPoolTokenReceived = joinBalancerPool(balancerPoolId, assets, maxAmountsIn, userData);

    // Step 2: Approve balancerPoolToken for Plaza Pool
    (address balancerPoolToken,) = balancerVault.getPool(balancerPoolId);
    IERC20(balancerPoolToken).safeIncreaseAllowance(_plazaPool, balancerPoolTokenReceived);

    // Step 3: Join Plaza Pool
    uint256 plazaTokens =
      Pool(_plazaPool).create(plazaTokenType, balancerPoolTokenReceived, minPlazaTokens, deadline, msg.sender);

    return plazaTokens;
  }

  function joinBalancerPool(
    bytes32 poolId,
    IAsset[] memory assets,
    uint256[] memory maxAmountsIn,
    bytes memory userData
  ) internal returns (uint256) {
    // Transfer assets from user to this contract
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < assets.length; i++) {
      uint256 amount = maxAmountsIn[i];
      if (amount == 0) continue;

      IERC20 token = IERC20(address(assets[i]));
      uint256 here = token.balanceOf(address(this));

      if (amount > here) token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), amount - here);
      token.safeIncreaseAllowance(address(balancerVault), amount);
    }

    IVault.JoinPoolRequest memory request = IVault.JoinPoolRequest({
      assets: assets,
      maxAmountsIn: maxAmountsIn,
      userData: userData,
      fromInternalBalance: false
    });

    // Join Balancer pool
    (address balancerPoolToken,) = balancerVault.getPool(poolId);
    uint256 balancerPoolTokenBalanceBefore = IERC20(balancerPoolToken).balanceOf(address(this));
    balancerVault.joinPool(poolId, address(this), address(this), request);

    // Send back any remaining assets to user
    for (uint256 i = 1; i < assets.length; i++) {
      // index 0 is the balancer pool token in ManagedPools
      uint256 assetBalance = IERC20(address(assets[i])).balanceOf(address(this));
      if (assetBalance > 0) IERC20(address(assets[i])).safeTransfer(msg.sender, assetBalance);
    }

    uint256 balancerPoolTokenBalanceAfter = IERC20(balancerPoolToken).balanceOf(address(this));

    return balancerPoolTokenBalanceAfter - balancerPoolTokenBalanceBefore;
  }

  function withdraw(
    address plazaPool,
    Pool.TokenType tokenType,
    uint256 amount,
    address withdrawToken,
    uint256 minAmount
  ) external {
    address blpToken = Pool(plazaPool).reserveToken();
    bytes32 poolId = IBasePool(blpToken).getPoolId();
    (BalancerIERC20[] memory tokens,,) = balancerVault.getPoolTokens(poolId);
    IAsset[] memory assets = new IAsset[](tokens.length);
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokens.length; i++) {
      address token = address(tokens[i]);
      if (token == address(weth) && withdrawToken == ETH) {
        assets[i] = IAsset(address(0)); // Passing in 0 in place of WETH address pays out ETH instead of WETH
        withdrawToken = address(weth); // Set withdrawToken to WETH for finding index in next loop
      } else {
        assets[i] = IAsset(address(tokens[i]));
      }
    }

    uint256 withdrawTokenIndex;
    uint256[] memory minAmountsOut = new uint256[](tokens.length);
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokens.length; i++) {
      if (address(tokens[i]) == withdrawToken) {
        withdrawTokenIndex = i;
        // element)
        break;
      }
    }

    minAmountsOut[withdrawTokenIndex] = minAmount;
    bytes memory userData =
      abi.encode(WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_ONE_TOKEN_OUT, 0, withdrawTokenIndex - 1); // userData
      // needs the index without the balancer pool token (which takes the first element)

    exitPlazaAndBalancer(poolId, plazaPool, assets, amount, minAmountsOut, userData, tokenType, 0);
  }

  function exitPlazaAndBalancer(
    bytes32 balancerPoolId,
    address _plazaPool,
    IAsset[] memory assets,
    uint256 plazaTokenAmount,
    uint256[] memory minAmountsOut,
    bytes memory userData,
    Pool.TokenType plazaTokenType,
    uint256 minbalancerPoolTokenOut
  ) public nonReentrant {
    // Step 1: Exit Plaza Pool
    uint256 balancerPoolTokenReceived =
      exitPlazaPool(plazaTokenType, _plazaPool, plazaTokenAmount, minbalancerPoolTokenOut);

    // Decode userData to get format and bptAmountIn
    uint256 exitKind;
    assembly {
      exitKind := mload(add(userData, 32))
    } // load first uint256, the exit kind

    bytes memory newUserData;
    if (exitKind == 0) {
      // EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_ONE_TOKEN_OUT
      uint256 exitTokenIndex;
      (,, exitTokenIndex) = abi.decode(userData, (uint256, uint256, uint256));
      newUserData = abi.encode(uint256(0), balancerPoolTokenReceived, exitTokenIndex);
    } else if (exitKind == 1) {
      // EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_TOKENS_OUT
      newUserData = abi.encode(uint256(1), balancerPoolTokenReceived);
    }

    // Step 2: Exit Balancer Pool
    exitBalancerPool(balancerPoolId, assets, minAmountsOut, newUserData, msg.sender);
  }

  function exitPlazaPool(
    Pool.TokenType tokenType,
    address _plazaPool,
    uint256 tokenAmount,
    uint256 minbalancerPoolTokenOut
  ) internal returns (uint256) {
    // Transfer Plaza tokens from user to this contract
    Pool plazaPool = Pool(_plazaPool);
    IERC20 plazaToken =
      tokenType == Pool.TokenType.BOND ? IERC20(address(plazaPool.bondToken())) : IERC20(address(plazaPool.lToken()));
    plazaToken.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), tokenAmount);
    plazaToken.safeIncreaseAllowance(_plazaPool, tokenAmount);

    // Exit Plaza pool
    uint256 reservesRedeemedAmount = plazaPool.redeem(tokenType, tokenAmount, minbalancerPoolTokenOut);

    emit TokensRedeemed(_plazaPool, address(this), msg.sender, tokenType, tokenAmount, reservesRedeemedAmount);

    return reservesRedeemedAmount;
  }

  function exitBalancerPool(
    bytes32 poolId,
    IAsset[] memory assets,
    uint256[] memory minAmountsOut,
    bytes memory userData,
    address to
  ) internal {
    IVault.ExitPoolRequest memory request = IVault.ExitPoolRequest({
      assets: assets,
      minAmountsOut: minAmountsOut,
      userData: userData,
      toInternalBalance: false
    });

    balancerVault.exitPool(poolId, address(this), payable(to), request);
  }

  function swap(
    address _plazaPool,
    Pool.TokenType tokenType,
    uint256 tokenAmount,
    uint256 minAmountOut,
    uint256 deadline
  ) external nonReentrant returns (uint256) {
    // Step 1: Exit Plaza Pool
    uint256 balancerPoolTokenReceived = exitPlazaPool(tokenType, _plazaPool, tokenAmount, 0);

    // Step 2: Approve balancerPoolToken for Plaza Pool
    address balancerPoolToken = Pool(_plazaPool).reserveToken();
    IERC20(balancerPoolToken).safeIncreaseAllowance(_plazaPool, balancerPoolTokenReceived);

    // Step 3: Join Plaza Pool
    Pool.TokenType tokenTypeOut = tokenType == Pool.TokenType.BOND ? Pool.TokenType.LEVERAGE : Pool.TokenType.BOND;
    return Pool(_plazaPool).create(tokenTypeOut, balancerPoolTokenReceived, minAmountOut, deadline, msg.sender);
  }

  function simulateSwap(address _plazaPool, Pool.TokenType tokenType, uint256 tokenAmount)
    external
    view
    returns (uint256)
  {
    Pool plazaPool = Pool(_plazaPool);

    uint256 reservesRedeemedAmount = plazaPool.simulateRedeem(tokenType, tokenAmount);

    Pool.TokenType tokenTypeOut = tokenType == Pool.TokenType.BOND ? Pool.TokenType.LEVERAGE : Pool.TokenType.BOND;

    return plazaPool.simulateCreate(tokenTypeOut, reservesRedeemedAmount);
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 8 的 113:BeaconProxy.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/beacon/BeaconProxy.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IBeacon} from "./IBeacon.sol";
import {Proxy} from "../Proxy.sol";
import {ERC1967Utils} from "../ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol";

/**
 * @dev This contract implements a proxy that gets the implementation address for each call from an {UpgradeableBeacon}.
 *
 * The beacon address can only be set once during construction, and cannot be changed afterwards. It is stored in an
 * immutable variable to avoid unnecessary storage reads, and also in the beacon storage slot specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] so that it can be accessed externally.
 *
 * CAUTION: Since the beacon address can never be changed, you must ensure that you either control the beacon, or trust
 * the beacon to not upgrade the implementation maliciously.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: Do not use the implementation logic to modify the beacon storage slot. Doing so would leave the proxy in
 * an inconsistent state where the beacon storage slot does not match the beacon address.
 */
contract BeaconProxy is Proxy {
    // An immutable address for the beacon to avoid unnecessary SLOADs before each delegate call.
    address private immutable _beacon;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the proxy with `beacon`.
     *
     * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon. This
     * will typically be an encoded function call, and allows initializing the storage of the proxy like a Solidity
     * constructor.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `beacon` must be a contract with the interface {IBeacon}.
     * - If `data` is empty, `msg.value` must be zero.
     */
    constructor(address beacon, bytes memory data) payable {
        ERC1967Utils.upgradeBeaconToAndCall(beacon, data);
        _beacon = beacon;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address of the associated beacon.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return IBeacon(_getBeacon()).implementation();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _beacon;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 9 的 113:BitMaps.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

// modified from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/structs/BitMaps.sol
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

type BitMap256 is uint256;

using BitMaps for BitMap256 global;

library BitMaps {
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether the bit at `index` is set.
     */
    function get(BitMap256 bitmap, uint8 index) internal pure returns (bool) {
        uint256 mask = 1 << index;
        return BitMap256.unwrap(bitmap) & mask != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the bit at `index`.
     */
    function set(BitMap256 bitmap, uint8 index) internal pure returns (BitMap256) {
        uint256 mask = 1 << index;
        return BitMap256.wrap(BitMap256.unwrap(bitmap) | mask);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 10 的 113:BlockTimestamp.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

/**
 * @title BlockTimestamp
 * @dev Abstract contract providing a function to get the current block timestamp.
 */
abstract contract BlockTimestamp {
  /**
   * @notice Returns the current block timestamp
   * @return uint256 The current block timestamp
   */
  function _blockTimestamp() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
    return block.timestamp;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 11 的 113:BondBaseOftAdapter.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {BondToken} from "../BondToken.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "../PoolFactory.sol";
import {OwnableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {OFTAdapterUpgradeable} from "@layerzerolabs/oft-evm-upgradeable/contracts/oft/OFTAdapterUpgradeable.sol";
import {EnforcedOptionParam} from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/libs/OAppOptionsType3.sol";
import {IOAppCore} from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/interfaces/IOAppCore.sol";
import {SendParam} from "@layerzerolabs/oft-evm/contracts/interfaces/IOFT.sol";
import {OptionsBuilder} from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/libs/OptionsBuilder.sol";
import {MessagingReceipt, MessagingFee} from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/OApp.sol";

contract BondBaseOftAdapter is
  Initializable,
  UUPSUpgradeable,
  OwnableUpgradeable,
  PausableUpgradeable,
  OFTAdapterUpgradeable
{
  using OptionsBuilder for bytes;

  uint128 public constant GAS_COST_LZ_RECEIVE = 100_000;
  uint128 public constant GAS_COST_LZ_COMPOSE = 200_000;

  mapping(uint32 => uint256) public remoteBalance;
  mapping(uint32 => uint256) public snapshotBalance;

  error OnlyCrossChainController();
  error OnlyPoolFactory();
  error OnlySecurityCouncil();

  event IncreasePeriodForRemote(uint32 indexed supportedLzEid, MessagingReceipt receipt);
  event ZeroLastSharesForRemote(uint32 indexed supportedLzEid, MessagingReceipt receipt);

  constructor(address _token, address _lzEndpoint) OFTAdapterUpgradeable(_token, _lzEndpoint) {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  function initialize(address _owner) external initializer {
    __OFTAdapter_init(_owner);
    __Ownable_init(_owner);
  }

  function increasePeriodForRemote(uint256 sharesPerToken, uint32 _dstEid, address _remoteDistributor)
    external
    onlyCrossChainController
  {
    // snapshot the remote balance
    snapshotBalance[_dstEid] = remoteBalance[_dstEid];

    // send lz message to increase period on remote
    bytes memory _message = abi.encodeWithSelector(BondToken.increaseIndexedAssetPeriod.selector, sharesPerToken);
    MessagingReceipt memory receipt = _sendLzMessage(_dstEid, _remoteDistributor, _message);
    emit IncreasePeriodForRemote(_dstEid, receipt);
  }

  function zeroLastSharesForRemotes(uint32 _dstEid, address _remoteDistributor) external onlyCrossChainController {
    bytes memory _message = abi.encodeWithSelector(BondToken.zeroLastSharesPerToken.selector);
    MessagingReceipt memory receipt = _sendLzMessage(_dstEid, _remoteDistributor, _message);
    emit ZeroLastSharesForRemote(_dstEid, receipt);
  }

  function _sendLzMessage(uint32 _dstEid, address _remoteDistributor, bytes memory _message)
    internal
    returns (MessagingReceipt memory receipt)
  {
    bytes memory _extraOptions = OptionsBuilder.newOptions().addExecutorLzReceiveOption(GAS_COST_LZ_RECEIVE, 0)
      .addExecutorLzComposeOption(0, GAS_COST_LZ_COMPOSE, 0);

    // Send a message with dummy 0 value for tokens
    SendParam memory sendParam =
      SendParam(_dstEid, _addressToBytes32(_remoteDistributor), 0, 0, _extraOptions, _message, "");

    MessagingFee memory fee = _quote(_dstEid, _message, _extraOptions, false);

    // The gas cost sent in msg.values 10% higher than quoted. This is to account for additional payload length when
    // OFTCore appends msg.sender in _buildMsgAndOptions(). This is gated to having sendParam as calldata and not
    // memory, making using logic more convoluted than necessary. Instead, we simply pass an additional 10% factor,
    // where the extra is refunded back to the OFTAdapter. Actual extra cost is less than 1% of estimated
    (receipt,) =
      OFTAdapterUpgradeable(address(this)).send{value: fee.nativeFee * 110 / 100}(sendParam, fee, address(this));
    return receipt;
  }

  function _debit(address _from, uint256 _amountLD, uint256 _minAmountLD, uint32 _dstEid)
    internal
    override
    returns (uint256 amountSentLD, uint256 amountReceivedLD)
  {
    (amountSentLD,) = _debitView(_amountLD, _minAmountLD, _dstEid);
    remoteBalance[_dstEid] += amountSentLD;
    (amountSentLD, amountReceivedLD) = super._debit(_from, _amountLD, _minAmountLD, _dstEid);
  }

  function _credit(address _to, uint256 _amountLD, uint32 _srcEid) internal override returns (uint256 amountReceivedLD) {
    remoteBalance[_srcEid] -= _amountLD;
    amountReceivedLD = super._credit(_to, _amountLD, _srcEid);
  }

  function _payNative(uint256 _nativeFee) internal view override returns (uint256) {
    if (msg.value < _nativeFee) revert NotEnoughNative(msg.value);
    return msg.value;
  }

  function _addressToBytes32(address _addr) private pure returns (bytes32) {
    return bytes32(uint256(uint160(_addr)));
  }

  modifier onlyCrossChainController() {
    address crossChainController = address(BondToken(address(innerToken)).poolFactory().crossChainController());
    if (msg.sender != crossChainController) revert OnlyCrossChainController();
    _;
  }

  modifier onlyPoolFactory() {
    if (msg.sender != address(BondToken(address(innerToken)).poolFactory())) revert OnlyPoolFactory();
    _;
  }

  modifier onlySecurityCouncil() {
    PoolFactory poolFactory = BondToken(address(innerToken)).poolFactory();
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert OnlySecurityCouncil();
    _;
  }

  function pause() external onlySecurityCouncil {
    _pause();
  }

  function unpause() external onlySecurityCouncil {
    _unpause();
  }

  function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal override onlyOwner {}

  receive() external payable {}
}
合同源代码
文件 12 的 113:BondToken.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Decimals} from "./lib/Decimals.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "./PoolFactory.sol";
import {Pool} from "./Pool.sol";
import {Auction} from "./Auction.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC20Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC20PermitUpgradeable} from
  "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title BondToken
 * @dev This contract implements a bond token with upgradeable capabilities, access control, and
 * pausability.
 * It includes functionality for managing indexed user assets and global asset pools.
 */
contract BondToken is
  Initializable,
  ERC20Upgradeable,
  AccessControlUpgradeable,
  ERC20PermitUpgradeable,
  UUPSUpgradeable,
  PausableUpgradeable
{
  using Decimals for uint256;

  /**
   * @dev Struct to represent a pool's outstanding shares and shares per bond at a specific period
   * @param period The period of the pool amount
   * @param amount The total amount in the pool
   * @param sharesPerToken The number of shares per token (base 10000)
   */
  struct PoolAmount {
    uint256 period;
    uint256 amount;
    uint256 sharesPerToken;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Struct to represent the global asset pool, including the current period, shares per token,
   * and previous pool amounts.
   * @param currentPeriod The current period of the global pool
   * @param sharesPerToken The current number of shares per token (base 1e6)
   * @param previousPoolAmounts An array of previous pool amounts
   */
  struct IndexedGlobalAssetPool {
    uint256 currentPeriod;
    uint256 sharesPerToken;
    PoolAmount[] previousPoolAmounts;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Struct to represent a user's indexed assets, which are the user's shares
   * @param lastUpdatedPeriod The last GLOBAL period when the user's assets were updated, NOT the
   * user's last period accounted for
   * @param indexedAmountShares The user's indexed amount of shares, which does not include the last
   * indexed period's shares
   * @param lastIndexedPeriodShares The user's shares from the last indexed period. See
   * getIndexedUserAmount for why this is kept separate.
   */
  struct IndexedUserAssets {
    uint256 lastUpdatedPeriod;
    uint256 indexedAmountShares;
    uint256 lastIndexedPeriodBalance;
  }

  /// @dev The global asset pool
  IndexedGlobalAssetPool public globalPool;
  /// @dev Pool factory address
  PoolFactory public poolFactory;
  Pool public pool;

  /// @dev Mapping of user addresses to their indexed assets
  mapping(address => IndexedUserAssets) public userAssets;

  /// @dev The number of blocks before transfers are re-enabled after an auction start
  uint256 auctionStartTransfersPause;
  uint256 auctionStartBlock;

  /// @dev Role identifier for accounts with minting privileges
  bytes32 public constant MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
  /// @dev Role identifier for accounts with governance privileges
  bytes32 public constant GOV_ROLE = keccak256("GOV_ROLE");
  /// @dev Role identifier for the distributor
  bytes32 public constant DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE = keccak256("DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE");

  /// @dev The number of decimals for shares
  uint8 public constant SHARES_DECIMALS = 6;

  /// @dev Error thrown when the caller is not the security council
  error CallerIsNotSecurityCouncil();
  /// @dev Error thrown when the caller is not the pool factory
  error CallerIsNotPoolFactory();
  /// @dev Error thrown when the caller is not the pool
  error CallerIsNotPool();
  /// @dev Error thrown when an auction has recently started
  error AuctionRecentlyStarted();

  /// @dev Emitted when the asset period is increased
  event IncreasedAssetPeriod(uint256 currentPeriod, uint256 sharesPerToken);
  /// @dev Emitted when a user's assets are updated
  event UpdatedUserAssets(address user, uint256 lastUpdatedPeriod, uint256 indexedAmountShares);

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the contract with a name, symbol, minter, governance address, distributor, and
   * initial shares per token.
   * @param name The name of the token
   * @param symbol The symbol of the token
   * @param minter The address that will have minting privileges
   * @param governance The address that will have governance privileges
   * @param sharesPerToken The initial number of shares per token
   */
  function initialize(
    string memory name,
    string memory symbol,
    address minter,
    address governance,
    address _poolFactory,
    uint256 sharesPerToken
  ) public initializer {
    __ERC20_init(name, symbol);
    __ERC20Permit_init(name);
    __UUPSUpgradeable_init();
    __Pausable_init();

    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);
    globalPool.sharesPerToken = sharesPerToken;

    _grantRole(MINTER_ROLE, minter);
    _grantRole(GOV_ROLE, governance);

    _setRoleAdmin(GOV_ROLE, GOV_ROLE);
    _setRoleAdmin(DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE, GOV_ROLE);
    _setRoleAdmin(MINTER_ROLE, MINTER_ROLE);

    auctionStartTransfersPause = 3;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Mints new tokens to the specified address.
   * @param to The address that will receive the minted tokens
   * @param amount The amount of tokens to mint
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the MINTER_ROLE.
   */
  function mint(address to, uint256 amount) public onlyRole(MINTER_ROLE) {
    _mint(to, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Burns tokens from the specified account.
   * @param account The account from which tokens will be burned
   * @param amount The amount of tokens to burn
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the MINTER_ROLE.
   */
  function burn(address account, uint256 amount) public onlyRole(MINTER_ROLE) {
    _burn(account, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Returns the previous pool amounts from the global pool.
   * @return An array of PoolAmount structs representing the previous pool amounts
   */
  function getPreviousPoolAmounts() external view returns (PoolAmount[] memory) {
    return globalPool.previousPoolAmounts;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Internal function to update user assets after a transfer. Also checks if an auction was recently started.
   * @param from The address tokens are transferred from
   * @param to The address tokens are transferred to
   * @param amount The amount of tokens transferred
   * @notice This function is called during token transfer and is paused when the contract is
   * paused.
   */
  function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual override whenNotPaused {
    if (auctionStartBlock + auctionStartTransfersPause > block.number) revert AuctionRecentlyStarted();

    if (from != address(0)) updateIndexedUserAssets(from, balanceOf(from));

    if (to != address(0)) updateIndexedUserAssets(to, balanceOf(to));

    super._update(from, to, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Updates the indexed user assets for a specific user.
   * @param user The address of the user
   * @param balance The current balance of the user
   * @notice This function updates the number of shares held by the user based on the current
   * period.
   */
  function updateIndexedUserAssets(address user, uint256 balance) internal {
    uint256 currentPeriod = globalPool.currentPeriod;
    (uint256 shares, uint256 lastIndexedPeriodBalance) = getIndexedUserAmount(user, balance, currentPeriod);

    userAssets[user].indexedAmountShares = shares;
    userAssets[user].lastUpdatedPeriod = currentPeriod;
    userAssets[user].lastIndexedPeriodBalance = lastIndexedPeriodBalance;

    emit UpdatedUserAssets(user, currentPeriod, shares);
  }

  function getIndexedUserAmount(address user) public view returns (uint256, uint256) {
    return getIndexedUserAmount(user, balanceOf(user), globalPool.currentPeriod);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Returns the indexed amount of shares for a specific user.
   * @param user The address of the user
   * @param balance The current balance of the user
   * @return The indexed amount of shares for the user
   * @notice This function calculates the number of shares based on the current period and the
   * previous pool amounts.
   * We separate the last indexed period shares from the total shares to account for ongoing
   * auctions.
   * Contracts calling this function should be aware that shares should not be paid out for bidding
   * auctions. We currently handle this in the Distributor by checking if the last auction is still active.
   * For RemoteDistributor, we simply track a nonce, which gets incremented on every USDC bridging, or sharesPerToken
   * reset to zero if auction fails.
   */
  function getIndexedUserAmount(address user, uint256 balance, uint256 currentPeriod)
    public
    view
    returns (uint256, uint256)
  {
    IndexedUserAssets memory userPool = userAssets[user];
    uint256 lastUpdatedPeriod = userPool.lastUpdatedPeriod;
    uint256 shares = userPool.indexedAmountShares;
    uint256 lastIndexedPeriodBalance = userPool.lastIndexedPeriodBalance;

    // No indexing if the last updated period is the current period
    if (currentPeriod == 0) return (0, 0);
    if (lastUpdatedPeriod == currentPeriod) return (shares, lastIndexedPeriodBalance);

    // loop through all previous periods except the last one being accounted for
    for (uint256 i = lastUpdatedPeriod; i < currentPeriod - 1; i++) {
      shares += (balance * globalPool.previousPoolAmounts[i].sharesPerToken).toBaseUnit(SHARES_DECIMALS);
    }

    // We need to backtrack to when the last time lastIndexedPeriodShares was recorded, and
    // confirm that the corresponding auction was successful in order to add the amount to the
    // 'normal' shares counter. This amount is not accounted for in the loop above.
    if (lastUpdatedPeriod > 0) {
      shares += (lastIndexedPeriodBalance * globalPool.previousPoolAmounts[lastUpdatedPeriod - 1].sharesPerToken)
        .toBaseUnit(SHARES_DECIMALS);
    }

    return (shares, balance);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Resets the indexed user assets for a specific user.
   * @param user The address of the user
   * @notice This function resets the last updated period and indexed amount of shares to zero.
   * Can only be called by addresses with the DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE and when the contract is not paused.
   */
  function resetIndexedUserAssets(address user, bool resetLastIndexedPeriodBalance)
    external
    onlyRole(DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE)
    whenNotPaused
  {
    userAssets[user].indexedAmountShares = 0;
    if (resetLastIndexedPeriodBalance) {
      userAssets[user].lastIndexedPeriodBalance = 0;
    } else {
      (, userAssets[user].lastIndexedPeriodBalance) =
        getIndexedUserAmount(user, balanceOf(user), globalPool.currentPeriod);
    }
    userAssets[user].lastUpdatedPeriod = globalPool.currentPeriod;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Increases the current period and updates the shares per token.
   * @param sharesPerToken The new number of shares per token
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the GOV_ROLE and when the contract is not paused.
   */
  function increaseIndexedAssetPeriod(uint256 sharesPerToken) public onlyRole(DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE) whenNotPaused {
    globalPool.previousPoolAmounts.push(
      PoolAmount({period: globalPool.currentPeriod, amount: totalSupply(), sharesPerToken: sharesPerToken})
    );
    globalPool.currentPeriod++;
    globalPool.sharesPerToken = sharesPerToken;

    emit IncreasedAssetPeriod(globalPool.currentPeriod, sharesPerToken);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the shares per token for the last period to 0. Only called by the Pool when the
   * auction fails.
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE and when the contract is not
   * paused.
   */
  function zeroLastSharesPerToken() external onlyRole(DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE) {
    globalPool.previousPoolAmounts[globalPool.currentPeriod - 1].sharesPerToken = 0;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the auction start block. Only called by the Pool.
   * @param _auctionStartBlock The block number at which the auction started
   */
  function setAuctionStartBlock(uint256 _auctionStartBlock) external onlyPool {
    auctionStartBlock = _auctionStartBlock;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the pool for the bond token. Only called by the pool factory, and only once during
   * Pool creation.
   * @param _pool The address of the pool
   */
  function setPool(address _pool) external {
    require(msg.sender == address(poolFactory), CallerIsNotPoolFactory());
    pool = Pool(_pool);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the shares per token.
   * @param _sharesPerToken The new shares per token value.
   */
  function setSharesPerToken(uint256 _sharesPerToken) external onlyPool {
    globalPool.sharesPerToken = _sharesPerToken;
  }

  function setAuctionStartTransfersPause(uint256 _auctionStartTransfersPause) external onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    auctionStartTransfersPause = _auctionStartTransfersPause;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Pauses all contract functions except for upgrades.
   * Requirements:
   * - the caller must have the `SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE` from the pool factory.
   */
  function pause() external onlySecurityCouncil {
    _pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Unpauses all contract functions.
   * Requirements:
   * - the caller must have the `SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE`.
   */
  function unpause() external onlySecurityCouncil {
    _unpause();
  }

  modifier onlySecurityCouncil() {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert CallerIsNotSecurityCouncil();
    _;
  }

  modifier onlyPool() {
    if (msg.sender != address(pool)) revert CallerIsNotPool();
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract.
   * Called by
   * {upgradeTo} and {upgradeToAndCall}.
   * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation contract
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the GOV_ROLE.
   */
  function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {}
}
合同源代码
文件 13 的 113:BytesLib.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
/*
 * @title Solidity Bytes Arrays Utils
 * @author Gonçalo Sá <goncalo.sa@consensys.net>
 *
 * @dev Bytes tightly packed arrays utility library for ethereum contracts written in Solidity.
 *      The library lets you concatenate, slice and type cast bytes arrays both in memory and storage.
 */
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;


library BytesLib {
    function concat(
        bytes memory _preBytes,
        bytes memory _postBytes
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        bytes memory tempBytes;

        assembly {
            // Get a location of some free memory and store it in tempBytes as
            // Solidity does for memory variables.
            tempBytes := mload(0x40)

            // Store the length of the first bytes array at the beginning of
            // the memory for tempBytes.
            let length := mload(_preBytes)
            mstore(tempBytes, length)

            // Maintain a memory counter for the current write location in the
            // temp bytes array by adding the 32 bytes for the array length to
            // the starting location.
            let mc := add(tempBytes, 0x20)
            // Stop copying when the memory counter reaches the length of the
            // first bytes array.
            let end := add(mc, length)

            for {
                // Initialize a copy counter to the start of the _preBytes data,
                // 32 bytes into its memory.
                let cc := add(_preBytes, 0x20)
            } lt(mc, end) {
                // Increase both counters by 32 bytes each iteration.
                mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                cc := add(cc, 0x20)
            } {
                // Write the _preBytes data into the tempBytes memory 32 bytes
                // at a time.
                mstore(mc, mload(cc))
            }

            // Add the length of _postBytes to the current length of tempBytes
            // and store it as the new length in the first 32 bytes of the
            // tempBytes memory.
            length := mload(_postBytes)
            mstore(tempBytes, add(length, mload(tempBytes)))

            // Move the memory counter back from a multiple of 0x20 to the
            // actual end of the _preBytes data.
            mc := end
            // Stop copying when the memory counter reaches the new combined
            // length of the arrays.
            end := add(mc, length)

            for {
                let cc := add(_postBytes, 0x20)
            } lt(mc, end) {
                mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                cc := add(cc, 0x20)
            } {
                mstore(mc, mload(cc))
            }

            // Update the free-memory pointer by padding our last write location
            // to 32 bytes: add 31 bytes to the end of tempBytes to move to the
            // next 32 byte block, then round down to the nearest multiple of
            // 32. If the sum of the length of the two arrays is zero then add
            // one before rounding down to leave a blank 32 bytes (the length block with 0).
            mstore(0x40, and(
              add(add(end, iszero(add(length, mload(_preBytes)))), 31),
              not(31) // Round down to the nearest 32 bytes.
            ))
        }

        return tempBytes;
    }

    function concatStorage(bytes storage _preBytes, bytes memory _postBytes) internal {
        assembly {
            // Read the first 32 bytes of _preBytes storage, which is the length
            // of the array. (We don't need to use the offset into the slot
            // because arrays use the entire slot.)
            let fslot := sload(_preBytes.slot)
            // Arrays of 31 bytes or less have an even value in their slot,
            // while longer arrays have an odd value. The actual length is
            // the slot divided by two for odd values, and the lowest order
            // byte divided by two for even values.
            // If the slot is even, bitwise and the slot with 255 and divide by
            // two to get the length. If the slot is odd, bitwise and the slot
            // with -1 and divide by two.
            let slength := div(and(fslot, sub(mul(0x100, iszero(and(fslot, 1))), 1)), 2)
            let mlength := mload(_postBytes)
            let newlength := add(slength, mlength)
            // slength can contain both the length and contents of the array
            // if length < 32 bytes so let's prepare for that
            // v. http://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/miscellaneous.html#layout-of-state-variables-in-storage
            switch add(lt(slength, 32), lt(newlength, 32))
            case 2 {
                // Since the new array still fits in the slot, we just need to
                // update the contents of the slot.
                // uint256(bytes_storage) = uint256(bytes_storage) + uint256(bytes_memory) + new_length
                sstore(
                    _preBytes.slot,
                    // all the modifications to the slot are inside this
                    // next block
                    add(
                        // we can just add to the slot contents because the
                        // bytes we want to change are the LSBs
                        fslot,
                        add(
                            mul(
                                div(
                                    // load the bytes from memory
                                    mload(add(_postBytes, 0x20)),
                                    // zero all bytes to the right
                                    exp(0x100, sub(32, mlength))
                                ),
                                // and now shift left the number of bytes to
                                // leave space for the length in the slot
                                exp(0x100, sub(32, newlength))
                            ),
                            // increase length by the double of the memory
                            // bytes length
                            mul(mlength, 2)
                        )
                    )
                )
            }
            case 1 {
                // The stored value fits in the slot, but the combined value
                // will exceed it.
                // get the keccak hash to get the contents of the array
                mstore(0x0, _preBytes.slot)
                let sc := add(keccak256(0x0, 0x20), div(slength, 32))

                // save new length
                sstore(_preBytes.slot, add(mul(newlength, 2), 1))

                // The contents of the _postBytes array start 32 bytes into
                // the structure. Our first read should obtain the `submod`
                // bytes that can fit into the unused space in the last word
                // of the stored array. To get this, we read 32 bytes starting
                // from `submod`, so the data we read overlaps with the array
                // contents by `submod` bytes. Masking the lowest-order
                // `submod` bytes allows us to add that value directly to the
                // stored value.

                let submod := sub(32, slength)
                let mc := add(_postBytes, submod)
                let end := add(_postBytes, mlength)
                let mask := sub(exp(0x100, submod), 1)

                sstore(
                    sc,
                    add(
                        and(
                            fslot,
                            0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff00
                        ),
                        and(mload(mc), mask)
                    )
                )

                for {
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                    sc := add(sc, 1)
                } lt(mc, end) {
                    sc := add(sc, 1)
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                } {
                    sstore(sc, mload(mc))
                }

                mask := exp(0x100, sub(mc, end))

                sstore(sc, mul(div(mload(mc), mask), mask))
            }
            default {
                // get the keccak hash to get the contents of the array
                mstore(0x0, _preBytes.slot)
                // Start copying to the last used word of the stored array.
                let sc := add(keccak256(0x0, 0x20), div(slength, 32))

                // save new length
                sstore(_preBytes.slot, add(mul(newlength, 2), 1))

                // Copy over the first `submod` bytes of the new data as in
                // case 1 above.
                let slengthmod := mod(slength, 32)
                let mlengthmod := mod(mlength, 32)
                let submod := sub(32, slengthmod)
                let mc := add(_postBytes, submod)
                let end := add(_postBytes, mlength)
                let mask := sub(exp(0x100, submod), 1)

                sstore(sc, add(sload(sc), and(mload(mc), mask)))

                for {
                    sc := add(sc, 1)
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                } lt(mc, end) {
                    sc := add(sc, 1)
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                } {
                    sstore(sc, mload(mc))
                }

                mask := exp(0x100, sub(mc, end))

                sstore(sc, mul(div(mload(mc), mask), mask))
            }
        }
    }

    function slice(
        bytes memory _bytes,
        uint256 _start,
        uint256 _length
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        require(_length + 31 >= _length, "slice_overflow");
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + _length, "slice_outOfBounds");

        bytes memory tempBytes;

        assembly {
            switch iszero(_length)
            case 0 {
                // Get a location of some free memory and store it in tempBytes as
                // Solidity does for memory variables.
                tempBytes := mload(0x40)

                // The first word of the slice result is potentially a partial
                // word read from the original array. To read it, we calculate
                // the length of that partial word and start copying that many
                // bytes into the array. The first word we copy will start with
                // data we don't care about, but the last `lengthmod` bytes will
                // land at the beginning of the contents of the new array. When
                // we're done copying, we overwrite the full first word with
                // the actual length of the slice.
                let lengthmod := and(_length, 31)

                // The multiplication in the next line is necessary
                // because when slicing multiples of 32 bytes (lengthmod == 0)
                // the following copy loop was copying the origin's length
                // and then ending prematurely not copying everything it should.
                let mc := add(add(tempBytes, lengthmod), mul(0x20, iszero(lengthmod)))
                let end := add(mc, _length)

                for {
                    // The multiplication in the next line has the same exact purpose
                    // as the one above.
                    let cc := add(add(add(_bytes, lengthmod), mul(0x20, iszero(lengthmod))), _start)
                } lt(mc, end) {
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                    cc := add(cc, 0x20)
                } {
                    mstore(mc, mload(cc))
                }

                mstore(tempBytes, _length)

                //update free-memory pointer
                //allocating the array padded to 32 bytes like the compiler does now
                mstore(0x40, and(add(mc, 31), not(31)))
            }
            //if we want a zero-length slice let's just return a zero-length array
            default {
                tempBytes := mload(0x40)
                //zero out the 32 bytes slice we are about to return
                //we need to do it because Solidity does not garbage collect
                mstore(tempBytes, 0)

                mstore(0x40, add(tempBytes, 0x20))
            }
        }

        return tempBytes;
    }

    function toAddress(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (address) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 20, "toAddress_outOfBounds");
        address tempAddress;

        assembly {
            tempAddress := div(mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x20), _start)), 0x1000000000000000000000000)
        }

        return tempAddress;
    }

    function toUint8(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint8) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 1 , "toUint8_outOfBounds");
        uint8 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x1), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toUint16(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint16) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 2, "toUint16_outOfBounds");
        uint16 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x2), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toUint32(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 4, "toUint32_outOfBounds");
        uint32 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x4), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toUint64(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 8, "toUint64_outOfBounds");
        uint64 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x8), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toUint96(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint96) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 12, "toUint96_outOfBounds");
        uint96 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0xc), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toUint128(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 16, "toUint128_outOfBounds");
        uint128 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x10), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toUint256(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 32, "toUint256_outOfBounds");
        uint256 tempUint;

        assembly {
            tempUint := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x20), _start))
        }

        return tempUint;
    }

    function toBytes32(bytes memory _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        require(_bytes.length >= _start + 32, "toBytes32_outOfBounds");
        bytes32 tempBytes32;

        assembly {
            tempBytes32 := mload(add(add(_bytes, 0x20), _start))
        }

        return tempBytes32;
    }

    function equal(bytes memory _preBytes, bytes memory _postBytes) internal pure returns (bool) {
        bool success = true;

        assembly {
            let length := mload(_preBytes)

            // if lengths don't match the arrays are not equal
            switch eq(length, mload(_postBytes))
            case 1 {
                // cb is a circuit breaker in the for loop since there's
                //  no said feature for inline assembly loops
                // cb = 1 - don't breaker
                // cb = 0 - break
                let cb := 1

                let mc := add(_preBytes, 0x20)
                let end := add(mc, length)

                for {
                    let cc := add(_postBytes, 0x20)
                // the next line is the loop condition:
                // while(uint256(mc < end) + cb == 2)
                } eq(add(lt(mc, end), cb), 2) {
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                    cc := add(cc, 0x20)
                } {
                    // if any of these checks fails then arrays are not equal
                    if iszero(eq(mload(mc), mload(cc))) {
                        // unsuccess:
                        success := 0
                        cb := 0
                    }
                }
            }
            default {
                // unsuccess:
                success := 0
            }
        }

        return success;
    }

    function equal_nonAligned(bytes memory _preBytes, bytes memory _postBytes) internal pure returns (bool) {
        bool success = true;

        assembly {
            let length := mload(_preBytes)

            // if lengths don't match the arrays are not equal
            switch eq(length, mload(_postBytes))
            case 1 {
                // cb is a circuit breaker in the for loop since there's
                //  no said feature for inline assembly loops
                // cb = 1 - don't breaker
                // cb = 0 - break
                let cb := 1

                let endMinusWord := add(_preBytes, length)
                let mc := add(_preBytes, 0x20)
                let cc := add(_postBytes, 0x20)

                for {
                // the next line is the loop condition:
                // while(uint256(mc < endWord) + cb == 2)
                } eq(add(lt(mc, endMinusWord), cb), 2) {
                    mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                    cc := add(cc, 0x20)
                } {
                    // if any of these checks fails then arrays are not equal
                    if iszero(eq(mload(mc), mload(cc))) {
                        // unsuccess:
                        success := 0
                        cb := 0
                    }
                }

                // Only if still successful
                // For <1 word tail bytes
                if gt(success, 0) {
                    // Get the remainder of length/32
                    // length % 32 = AND(length, 32 - 1)
                    let numTailBytes := and(length, 0x1f)
                    let mcRem := mload(mc)
                    let ccRem := mload(cc)
                    for {
                        let i := 0
                    // the next line is the loop condition:
                    // while(uint256(i < numTailBytes) + cb == 2)
                    } eq(add(lt(i, numTailBytes), cb), 2) {
                        i := add(i, 1)
                    } {
                        if iszero(eq(byte(i, mcRem), byte(i, ccRem))) {
                            // unsuccess:
                            success := 0
                            cb := 0
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            default {
                // unsuccess:
                success := 0
            }
        }

        return success;
    }

    function equalStorage(
        bytes storage _preBytes,
        bytes memory _postBytes
    )
        internal
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        bool success = true;

        assembly {
            // we know _preBytes_offset is 0
            let fslot := sload(_preBytes.slot)
            // Decode the length of the stored array like in concatStorage().
            let slength := div(and(fslot, sub(mul(0x100, iszero(and(fslot, 1))), 1)), 2)
            let mlength := mload(_postBytes)

            // if lengths don't match the arrays are not equal
            switch eq(slength, mlength)
            case 1 {
                // slength can contain both the length and contents of the array
                // if length < 32 bytes so let's prepare for that
                // v. http://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/miscellaneous.html#layout-of-state-variables-in-storage
                if iszero(iszero(slength)) {
                    switch lt(slength, 32)
                    case 1 {
                        // blank the last byte which is the length
                        fslot := mul(div(fslot, 0x100), 0x100)

                        if iszero(eq(fslot, mload(add(_postBytes, 0x20)))) {
                            // unsuccess:
                            success := 0
                        }
                    }
                    default {
                        // cb is a circuit breaker in the for loop since there's
                        //  no said feature for inline assembly loops
                        // cb = 1 - don't breaker
                        // cb = 0 - break
                        let cb := 1

                        // get the keccak hash to get the contents of the array
                        mstore(0x0, _preBytes.slot)
                        let sc := keccak256(0x0, 0x20)

                        let mc := add(_postBytes, 0x20)
                        let end := add(mc, mlength)

                        // the next line is the loop condition:
                        // while(uint256(mc < end) + cb == 2)
                        for {} eq(add(lt(mc, end), cb), 2) {
                            sc := add(sc, 1)
                            mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                        } {
                            if iszero(eq(sload(sc), mload(mc))) {
                                // unsuccess:
                                success := 0
                                cb := 0
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
            default {
                // unsuccess:
                success := 0
            }
        }

        return success;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 14 的 113:CalldataBytesLib.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LZBL-1.2

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

library CalldataBytesLib {
    function toU8(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint8) {
        return uint8(_bytes[_start]);
    }

    function toU16(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint16) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 2;
            return uint16(bytes2(_bytes[_start:end]));
        }
    }

    function toU32(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 4;
            return uint32(bytes4(_bytes[_start:end]));
        }
    }

    function toU64(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 8;
            return uint64(bytes8(_bytes[_start:end]));
        }
    }

    function toU128(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 16;
            return uint128(bytes16(_bytes[_start:end]));
        }
    }

    function toU256(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 32;
            return uint256(bytes32(_bytes[_start:end]));
        }
    }

    function toAddr(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (address) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 20;
            return address(bytes20(_bytes[_start:end]));
        }
    }

    function toB32(bytes calldata _bytes, uint256 _start) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 end = _start + 32;
            return bytes32(_bytes[_start:end]);
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 15 的 113:Client.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

// End consumer library.
library Client {
  /// @dev RMN depends on this struct, if changing, please notify the RMN maintainers.
  struct EVMTokenAmount {
    address token; // token address on the local chain.
    uint256 amount; // Amount of tokens.
  }

  struct Any2EVMMessage {
    bytes32 messageId; // MessageId corresponding to ccipSend on source.
    uint64 sourceChainSelector; // Source chain selector.
    bytes sender; // abi.decode(sender) if coming from an EVM chain.
    bytes data; // payload sent in original message.
    EVMTokenAmount[] destTokenAmounts; // Tokens and their amounts in their destination chain representation.
  }

  // If extraArgs is empty bytes, the default is 200k gas limit.
  struct EVM2AnyMessage {
    bytes receiver; // abi.encode(receiver address) for dest EVM chains.
    bytes data; // Data payload.
    EVMTokenAmount[] tokenAmounts; // Token transfers.
    address feeToken; // Address of feeToken. address(0) means you will send msg.value.
    bytes extraArgs; // Populate this with _argsToBytes(EVMExtraArgsV2).
  }

  // Tag to indicate only a gas limit. Only usable for EVM as destination chain.
  bytes4 public constant EVM_EXTRA_ARGS_V1_TAG = 0x97a657c9;

  struct EVMExtraArgsV1 {
    uint256 gasLimit;
  }

  function _argsToBytes(
    EVMExtraArgsV1 memory extraArgs
  ) internal pure returns (bytes memory bts) {
    return abi.encodeWithSelector(EVM_EXTRA_ARGS_V1_TAG, extraArgs);
  }

  // Tag to indicate a gas limit (or dest chain equivalent processing units) and Out Of Order Execution. This tag is
  // available for multiple chain families. If there is no chain family specific tag, this is the default available
  // for a chain.
  // Note: not available for Solana VM based chains.
  bytes4 public constant GENERIC_EXTRA_ARGS_V2_TAG = 0x181dcf10;

  /// @param gasLimit: gas limit for the callback on the destination chain.
  /// @param allowOutOfOrderExecution: if true, it indicates that the message can be executed in any order relative to
  /// other messages from the same sender. This value's default varies by chain. On some chains, a particular value is
  /// enforced, meaning if the expected value is not set, the message request will revert.
  /// @dev Fully compatible with the previously existing EVMExtraArgsV2.
  struct GenericExtraArgsV2 {
    uint256 gasLimit;
    bool allowOutOfOrderExecution;
  }

  // Extra args tag for chains that use the Solana VM.
  bytes4 public constant SVM_EXTRA_ARGS_V1_TAG = 0x1f3b3aba;

  struct SVMExtraArgsV1 {
    uint32 computeUnits;
    uint64 accountIsWritableBitmap;
    bool allowOutOfOrderExecution;
    bytes32 tokenReceiver;
    bytes32[] accounts;
  }

  /// @dev The maximum number of accounts that can be passed in SVMExtraArgs.
  uint256 public constant SVM_EXTRA_ARGS_MAX_ACCOUNTS = 64;

  function _argsToBytes(
    GenericExtraArgsV2 memory extraArgs
  ) internal pure returns (bytes memory bts) {
    return abi.encodeWithSelector(GENERIC_EXTRA_ARGS_V2_TAG, extraArgs);
  }

  function _svmArgsToBytes(
    SVMExtraArgsV1 memory extraArgs
  ) internal pure returns (bytes memory bts) {
    return abi.encodeWithSelector(SVM_EXTRA_ARGS_V1_TAG, extraArgs);
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 16 的 113:Context.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.1) (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }

    function _contextSuffixLength() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 17 的 113:ContextUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.1) (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }

    function _contextSuffixLength() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 18 的 113:Create3.sol
//SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
  @title A library for deploying contracts EIP-3171 style.
  @author Agustin Aguilar <aa@horizon.io>
*/
library Create3 {
  error ErrorCreatingProxy();
  error ErrorCreatingContract();
  error TargetAlreadyExists();

  /**
    @notice The bytecode for a contract that proxies the creation of another contract
    @dev If this code is deployed using CREATE2 it can be used to decouple `creationCode` from the child contract address

  0x67363d3d37363d34f03d5260086018f3:
      0x00  0x67  0x67XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  PUSH8 bytecode  0x363d3d37363d34f0
      0x01  0x3d  0x3d                  RETURNDATASIZE  0 0x363d3d37363d34f0
      0x02  0x52  0x52                  MSTORE
      0x03  0x60  0x6008                PUSH1 08        8
      0x04  0x60  0x6018                PUSH1 18        24 8
      0x05  0xf3  0xf3                  RETURN

  0x363d3d37363d34f0:
      0x00  0x36  0x36                  CALLDATASIZE    cds
      0x01  0x3d  0x3d                  RETURNDATASIZE  0 cds
      0x02  0x3d  0x3d                  RETURNDATASIZE  0 0 cds
      0x03  0x37  0x37                  CALLDATACOPY
      0x04  0x36  0x36                  CALLDATASIZE    cds
      0x05  0x3d  0x3d                  RETURNDATASIZE  0 cds
      0x06  0x34  0x34                  CALLVALUE       val 0 cds
      0x07  0xf0  0xf0                  CREATE          addr
  */
  
  bytes internal constant PROXY_CHILD_BYTECODE = hex"67_36_3d_3d_37_36_3d_34_f0_3d_52_60_08_60_18_f3";

  //                        KECCAK256_PROXY_CHILD_BYTECODE = keccak256(PROXY_CHILD_BYTECODE);
  bytes32 internal constant KECCAK256_PROXY_CHILD_BYTECODE = 0x21c35dbe1b344a2488cf3321d6ce542f8e9f305544ff09e4993a62319a497c1f;

  /**
    @notice Returns the size of the code on a given address
    @param _addr Address that may or may not contain code
    @return size of the code on the given `_addr`
  */
  function codeSize(address _addr) internal view returns (uint256 size) {
    assembly { size := extcodesize(_addr) }
  }

  /**
    @notice Creates a new contract with given `_creationCode` and `_salt`
    @param _salt Salt of the contract creation, resulting address will be derivated from this value only
    @param _creationCode Creation code (constructor) of the contract to be deployed, this value doesn't affect the resulting address
    @return addr of the deployed contract, reverts on error
  */
  function create3(bytes32 _salt, bytes memory _creationCode) internal returns (address addr) {
    return create3(_salt, _creationCode, 0);
  }

  /**
    @notice Creates a new contract with given `_creationCode` and `_salt`
    @param _salt Salt of the contract creation, resulting address will be derivated from this value only
    @param _creationCode Creation code (constructor) of the contract to be deployed, this value doesn't affect the resulting address
    @param _value In WEI of ETH to be forwarded to child contract
    @return addr of the deployed contract, reverts on error
  */
  function create3(bytes32 _salt, bytes memory _creationCode, uint256 _value) internal returns (address addr) {
    // Creation code
    bytes memory creationCode = PROXY_CHILD_BYTECODE;

    // Get target final address
    addr = addressOf(_salt);
    if (codeSize(addr) != 0) revert TargetAlreadyExists();

    // Create CREATE2 proxy
    address proxy; assembly { proxy := create2(0, add(creationCode, 32), mload(creationCode), _salt)}
    if (proxy == address(0)) revert ErrorCreatingProxy();

    // Call proxy with final init code
    (bool success,) = proxy.call{ value: _value }(_creationCode);
    if (!success || codeSize(addr) == 0) revert ErrorCreatingContract();
  }

  /**
    @notice Computes the resulting address of a contract deployed using address(this) and the given `_salt`
    @param _salt Salt of the contract creation, resulting address will be derivated from this value only
    @return addr of the deployed contract, reverts on error

    @dev The address creation formula is: keccak256(rlp([keccak256(0xff ++ address(this) ++ _salt ++ keccak256(childBytecode))[12:], 0x01]))
  */
  function addressOf(bytes32 _salt) internal view returns (address) {
    address proxy = address(
      uint160(
        uint256(
          keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
              hex'ff',
              address(this),
              _salt,
              KECCAK256_PROXY_CHILD_BYTECODE
            )
          )
        )
      )
    );

    return address(
      uint160(
        uint256(
          keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
              hex"d6_94",
              proxy,
              hex"01"
            )
          )
        )
      )
    );
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 19 的 113:CrossChainController.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import {Pool} from "../Pool.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "../PoolFactory.sol";
import {BondToken} from "../BondToken.sol";
import {Decimals} from "../lib/Decimals.sol";
import {BondBaseOftAdapter} from "./BondBaseOftAdapter.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {EnforcedOptionParam} from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/libs/OAppOptionsType3.sol";
import {IRouterClient} from "@chainlink/contracts/src/v0.8/ccip/interfaces/IRouterClient.sol";
import {Client} from "@chainlink/contracts/src/v0.8/ccip/libraries/Client.sol";

contract CrossChainController is Initializable, UUPSUpgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
  using Decimals for uint256;

  uint256 private constant CCIP_DESTINATION_GAS_LIMIT = 150_000;

  struct PoolCrossChainConfig {
    address bondOftAdapter;
    uint256[] supportedChainIds;
    mapping(uint256 => address) remoteDistributors;
  }

  PoolFactory public poolFactory;
  IERC20 private usdc;
  IRouterClient private ccipRouter;

  /// @dev Mapping to store pool cross chain configs
  mapping(address => PoolCrossChainConfig) public poolCrossChainConfigs;
  mapping(uint256 => uint32) public chainIdToLzEid;
  mapping(uint256 => uint64) public chainIdToCcipChainSelector;

  error OnlyGovernance();
  error AddOftAdapterFirst();
  error OnlyPool();
  error OnlyPoolOrGovernance();
  error NotEnoughBridgingFees(uint256 available, uint256 required);

  event CrossChainSupportAdded(
    address indexed pool, address bondOftAdapter, uint256 chainId, uint32 lzEid, address remoteDistributor
  );

  event CrossChainSupportExtended(address indexed pool, uint256 chainId, uint32 lzEid, address remoteDistributor);
  event CrossChainSupportRemoved(address indexed pool, uint256 chainId);
  event AllCrossChainSupportRemoved(address indexed pool);
  event UsdcSentToRemoteDistributor(bytes32 messageId, uint256 chainId, address remoteDistributor, uint256 usdcAmount);
  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor

  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  function initialize(address _poolFactory, address _usdc, address _ccipRouter) external initializer {
    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);
    usdc = IERC20(_usdc);
    ccipRouter = IRouterClient(_ccipRouter);
  }

  function increaseIndexedAssetPeriodForRemotes(uint256 sharesPerToken) external {
    address pool = msg.sender;
    if (!_isValidPool(pool)) revert OnlyPool();

    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[pool];
    if (config.bondOftAdapter == address(0)) return; // Not configured for cross-chain

    // For each supported chain, send the message
    uint256[] memory supportedChains = config.supportedChainIds;
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < supportedChains.length; i++) {
      uint256 chainId = supportedChains[i];
      BondBaseOftAdapter(payable(config.bondOftAdapter)).increasePeriodForRemote(
        sharesPerToken, chainIdToLzEid[chainId], config.remoteDistributors[chainId]
      );
    }
  }

  function zeroLastSharesPerTokenForRemotes() external {
    address pool = msg.sender;
    if (!_isValidPool(pool)) revert OnlyPool();

    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[pool];
    if (config.bondOftAdapter == address(0)) return; // Not configured for cross-chain

    // For each supported chain, send the message
    uint256[] memory supportedChains = config.supportedChainIds;
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < supportedChains.length; i++) {
      uint256 chainId = supportedChains[i];
      BondBaseOftAdapter(payable(config.bondOftAdapter)).zeroLastSharesForRemotes(
        chainIdToLzEid[chainId], config.remoteDistributors[chainId]
      );
    }
  }

  /**
   * @dev Pool will send USDC first, and then call this function with a low level call. This means that if it fails,
   * usdc is temporarily stuck here. We allow this to be called by governance for retry
   */
  function sendUsdcToRemoteDistributors(address pool) external {
    if (!_isValidPool(msg.sender) && !poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE(), _msgSender())) {
      revert OnlyPoolOrGovernance();
    }

    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[pool];
    if (config.bondOftAdapter == address(0)) return; // Not configured for cross-chain

    // For each supported chain, send USDC via CCIP
    uint256[] memory supportedChains = config.supportedChainIds;
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < supportedChains.length; i++) {
      uint256 chainId = supportedChains[i];
      uint64 destinationChainSelector = chainIdToCcipChainSelector[chainId];
      address remoteDistributor = config.remoteDistributors[chainId];

      // Calculate USDC amount for this chain
      uint256 usdcAmount = _getUsdcAmountForChain(pool, chainId);
      if (usdcAmount == 0) continue; // Skip if no USDC to send

      Client.EVM2AnyMessage memory message = _buildCCIPMessage(remoteDistributor, usdcAmount);
      uint256 fees = ccipRouter.getFee(destinationChainSelector, message);
      if (fees > address(this).balance) revert NotEnoughBridgingFees(address(this).balance, fees);

      // Approve and send
      usdc.approve(address(ccipRouter), usdcAmount);
      bytes32 messageId = ccipRouter.ccipSend(destinationChainSelector, message);

      emit UsdcSentToRemoteDistributor(messageId, chainId, remoteDistributor, usdcAmount);
    }
  }

  function addCrossChainSupport(
    address _pool,
    address _bondOftAdapter,
    uint256 _supportedChainId,
    uint32 _supportedLzEid,
    uint64 _supportedCcipChainSelector,
    address _remoteDistributor
  ) external onlyGovernance {
    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool];

    config.bondOftAdapter = _bondOftAdapter;

    config.supportedChainIds.push(_supportedChainId);
    config.remoteDistributors[_supportedChainId] = _remoteDistributor;

    // Map chain IDs to third party mappings for chains
    chainIdToLzEid[_supportedChainId] = _supportedLzEid;
    chainIdToCcipChainSelector[_supportedChainId] = _supportedCcipChainSelector;

    emit CrossChainSupportAdded(_pool, _bondOftAdapter, _supportedChainId, _supportedLzEid, _remoteDistributor);
  }

  function extendCrossChainSupport(
    address _pool,
    uint256 _supportedChainId,
    uint32 _supportedLzEid,
    uint64 _supportedCcipChainSelector,
    address _remoteDistributor
  ) external onlyGovernance {
    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool];
    if (config.bondOftAdapter == address(0)) revert AddOftAdapterFirst();

    // Add the chain ID and remote distributor
    config.supportedChainIds.push(_supportedChainId);
    config.remoteDistributors[_supportedChainId] = _remoteDistributor;

    // Map chain IDs to third party mappings for chains
    chainIdToLzEid[_supportedChainId] = _supportedLzEid;
    chainIdToCcipChainSelector[_supportedChainId] = _supportedCcipChainSelector;

    emit CrossChainSupportExtended(_pool, _supportedChainId, _supportedLzEid, _remoteDistributor);
  }

  function removeCrossChainSupport(address _pool, uint256 _supportedChainId) external onlyGovernance {
    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool];

    // Remove the chain ID from the array
    uint256[] storage chainIds = config.supportedChainIds;
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < chainIds.length; i++) {
      if (chainIds[i] == _supportedChainId) {
        chainIds[i] = chainIds[chainIds.length - 1];
        chainIds.pop();
        break;
      }
    }

    // Clear the remote distributor mapping for this chain
    delete config.remoteDistributors[_supportedChainId];

    // Clear the chain ID mappings
    delete chainIdToLzEid[_supportedChainId];
    delete chainIdToCcipChainSelector[_supportedChainId];

    emit CrossChainSupportRemoved(_pool, _supportedChainId);
  }

  function removeAllCrossChainSupport(address _pool) external onlyGovernance {
    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool];

    // Clear chain ID mappings and remote distributors
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < config.supportedChainIds.length; i++) {
      uint256 chainId = config.supportedChainIds[i];
      delete config.remoteDistributors[chainId];
      delete chainIdToLzEid[chainId];
      delete chainIdToCcipChainSelector[chainId];
    }

    // Clear the array and addresses
    delete config.supportedChainIds;
    delete config.bondOftAdapter;

    emit AllCrossChainSupportRemoved(_pool);
  }

  function getSupportedChains(address _pool) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
    return poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool].supportedChainIds;
  }

  function getRemoteDistributionAmountForPool(address _pool) external view returns (uint256) {
    uint256[] memory supportedChains = poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool].supportedChainIds;
    uint256 totalAmount = 0;
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < supportedChains.length; i++) {
      totalAmount += _getUsdcAmountForChain(_pool, supportedChains[i]);
    }
    return totalAmount;
  }

  function _getUsdcAmountForChain(address _pool, uint256 _chainId) internal view returns (uint256) {
    // Get remote balance from the BondBaseOftAdapter
    PoolCrossChainConfig storage config = poolCrossChainConfigs[_pool];
    uint32 lzEid = chainIdToLzEid[_chainId];

    BondToken bondToken = Pool(_pool).bondToken();
    BondToken.PoolAmount[] memory previousPoolAmounts = bondToken.getPreviousPoolAmounts();
    uint256 sharesPerToken = previousPoolAmounts[previousPoolAmounts.length - 1].sharesPerToken;

    // Get snapshot balance
    uint256 snapshotBalance = BondBaseOftAdapter(payable(config.bondOftAdapter)).snapshotBalance(lzEid);

    uint256 amount = (sharesPerToken * snapshotBalance).normalizeAmount(
      bondToken.decimals() + bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS(), bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS()
    );

    // Return the snapshot amount
    return amount;
  }

  function _buildCCIPMessage(address _receiver, uint256 _usdcAmount)
    private
    view
    returns (Client.EVM2AnyMessage memory)
  {
    Client.EVMTokenAmount[] memory tokenAmounts;
    if (_usdcAmount == 0) {
      tokenAmounts = new Client.EVMTokenAmount[](0);
    } else {
      tokenAmounts = new Client.EVMTokenAmount[](1);
      tokenAmounts[0] = Client.EVMTokenAmount({token: address(usdc), amount: _usdcAmount});
    }

    return Client.EVM2AnyMessage({
      receiver: abi.encode(_receiver),
      data: bytes(""),
      tokenAmounts: tokenAmounts,
      extraArgs: Client._argsToBytes(Client.EVMExtraArgsV1({gasLimit: CCIP_DESTINATION_GAS_LIMIT})),
      feeToken: address(0)
    });
  }

  function _isValidPool(address _pool) internal view returns (bool) {
    uint256 numberOfPools = poolFactory.poolsLength();
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberOfPools; i++) {
      if (poolFactory.pools(i) == _pool) return true;
    }
    return false;
  }

  modifier onlyGovernance() {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE(), _msgSender())) revert OnlyGovernance();
    _;
  }

  function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal override onlyGovernance {}
}
合同源代码
文件 20 的 113:DVNOptions.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LZBL-1.2

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { BytesLib } from "solidity-bytes-utils/contracts/BytesLib.sol";

import { BitMap256 } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/messagelib/libs/BitMaps.sol";
import { CalldataBytesLib } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/libs/CalldataBytesLib.sol";

library DVNOptions {
    using CalldataBytesLib for bytes;
    using BytesLib for bytes;

    uint8 internal constant WORKER_ID = 2;
    uint8 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_PRECRIME = 1;

    error DVN_InvalidDVNIdx();
    error DVN_InvalidDVNOptions(uint256 cursor);

    /// @dev group dvn options by its idx
    /// @param _options [dvn_id][dvn_option][dvn_id][dvn_option]...
    ///        dvn_option = [option_size][dvn_idx][option_type][option]
    ///        option_size = len(dvn_idx) + len(option_type) + len(option)
    ///        dvn_id: uint8, dvn_idx: uint8, option_size: uint16, option_type: uint8, option: bytes
    /// @return dvnOptions the grouped options, still share the same format of _options
    /// @return dvnIndices the dvn indices
    function groupDVNOptionsByIdx(
        bytes memory _options
    ) internal pure returns (bytes[] memory dvnOptions, uint8[] memory dvnIndices) {
        if (_options.length == 0) return (dvnOptions, dvnIndices);

        uint8 numDVNs = getNumDVNs(_options);

        // if there is only 1 dvn, we can just return the whole options
        if (numDVNs == 1) {
            dvnOptions = new bytes[](1);
            dvnOptions[0] = _options;

            dvnIndices = new uint8[](1);
            dvnIndices[0] = _options.toUint8(3); // dvn idx
            return (dvnOptions, dvnIndices);
        }

        // otherwise, we need to group the options by dvn_idx
        dvnIndices = new uint8[](numDVNs);
        dvnOptions = new bytes[](numDVNs);
        unchecked {
            uint256 cursor = 0;
            uint256 start = 0;
            uint8 lastDVNIdx = 255; // 255 is an invalid dvn_idx

            while (cursor < _options.length) {
                ++cursor; // skip worker_id

                // optionLength asserted in getNumDVNs (skip check)
                uint16 optionLength = _options.toUint16(cursor);
                cursor += 2;

                // dvnIdx asserted in getNumDVNs (skip check)
                uint8 dvnIdx = _options.toUint8(cursor);

                // dvnIdx must equal to the lastDVNIdx for the first option
                // so it is always skipped in the first option
                // this operation slices out options whenever the scan finds a different lastDVNIdx
                if (lastDVNIdx == 255) {
                    lastDVNIdx = dvnIdx;
                } else if (dvnIdx != lastDVNIdx) {
                    uint256 len = cursor - start - 3; // 3 is for worker_id and option_length
                    bytes memory opt = _options.slice(start, len);
                    _insertDVNOptions(dvnOptions, dvnIndices, lastDVNIdx, opt);

                    // reset the start and lastDVNIdx
                    start += len;
                    lastDVNIdx = dvnIdx;
                }

                cursor += optionLength;
            }

            // skip check the cursor here because the cursor is asserted in getNumDVNs
            // if we have reached the end of the options, we need to process the last dvn
            uint256 size = cursor - start;
            bytes memory op = _options.slice(start, size);
            _insertDVNOptions(dvnOptions, dvnIndices, lastDVNIdx, op);

            // revert dvnIndices to start from 0
            for (uint8 i = 0; i < numDVNs; ++i) {
                --dvnIndices[i];
            }
        }
    }

    function _insertDVNOptions(
        bytes[] memory _dvnOptions,
        uint8[] memory _dvnIndices,
        uint8 _dvnIdx,
        bytes memory _newOptions
    ) internal pure {
        // dvnIdx starts from 0 but default value of dvnIndices is 0,
        // so we tell if the slot is empty by adding 1 to dvnIdx
        if (_dvnIdx == 255) revert DVN_InvalidDVNIdx();
        uint8 dvnIdxAdj = _dvnIdx + 1;

        for (uint256 j = 0; j < _dvnIndices.length; ++j) {
            uint8 index = _dvnIndices[j];
            if (dvnIdxAdj == index) {
                _dvnOptions[j] = abi.encodePacked(_dvnOptions[j], _newOptions);
                break;
            } else if (index == 0) {
                // empty slot, that means it is the first time we see this dvn
                _dvnIndices[j] = dvnIdxAdj;
                _dvnOptions[j] = _newOptions;
                break;
            }
        }
    }

    /// @dev get the number of unique dvns
    /// @param _options the format is the same as groupDVNOptionsByIdx
    function getNumDVNs(bytes memory _options) internal pure returns (uint8 numDVNs) {
        uint256 cursor = 0;
        BitMap256 bitmap;

        // find number of unique dvn_idx
        unchecked {
            while (cursor < _options.length) {
                ++cursor; // skip worker_id

                uint16 optionLength = _options.toUint16(cursor);
                cursor += 2;
                if (optionLength < 2) revert DVN_InvalidDVNOptions(cursor); // at least 1 byte for dvn_idx and 1 byte for option_type

                uint8 dvnIdx = _options.toUint8(cursor);

                // if dvnIdx is not set, increment numDVNs
                // max num of dvns is 255, 255 is an invalid dvn_idx
                // The order of the dvnIdx is not required to be sequential, as enforcing the order may weaken
                // the composability of the options. e.g. if we refrain from enforcing the order, an OApp that has
                // already enforced certain options can append additional options to the end of the enforced
                // ones without restrictions.
                if (dvnIdx == 255) revert DVN_InvalidDVNIdx();
                if (!bitmap.get(dvnIdx)) {
                    ++numDVNs;
                    bitmap = bitmap.set(dvnIdx);
                }

                cursor += optionLength;
            }
        }
        if (cursor != _options.length) revert DVN_InvalidDVNOptions(cursor);
    }

    /// @dev decode the next dvn option from _options starting from the specified cursor
    /// @param _options the format is the same as groupDVNOptionsByIdx
    /// @param _cursor the cursor to start decoding
    /// @return optionType the type of the option
    /// @return option the option
    /// @return cursor the cursor to start decoding the next option
    function nextDVNOption(
        bytes calldata _options,
        uint256 _cursor
    ) internal pure returns (uint8 optionType, bytes calldata option, uint256 cursor) {
        unchecked {
            // skip worker id
            cursor = _cursor + 1;

            // read option size
            uint16 size = _options.toU16(cursor);
            cursor += 2;

            // read option type
            optionType = _options.toU8(cursor + 1); // skip dvn_idx

            // startCursor and endCursor are used to slice the option from _options
            uint256 startCursor = cursor + 2; // skip option type and dvn_idx
            uint256 endCursor = cursor + size;
            option = _options[startCursor:endCursor];
            cursor += size;
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 21 的 113:Decimals.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {IERC20Metadata} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol";

library Decimals {
  /**
   * @dev Converts a token amount to its base unit representation.
   * @param amount The token amount.
   * @param decimals The number of decimals the token uses.
   * @return The base unit representation of the token amount.
   */
  function toBaseUnit(uint256 amount, uint8 decimals) internal pure returns (uint256) {
    return amount / (10 ** decimals);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Converts a base unit representation to a token amount.
   * @param baseUnitAmount The base unit representation of the token amount.
   * @param decimals The number of decimals the token uses.
   * @return The token amount.
   */
  function fromBaseUnit(uint256 baseUnitAmount, uint8 decimals) internal pure returns (uint256) {
    return baseUnitAmount * (10 ** decimals);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Normalizes a token amount to a common decimal base.
   * @param amount The token amount.
   * @param fromDecimals The number of decimals the token uses.
   * @param toDecimals The target number of decimals.
   * @return The normalized token amount.
   */
  function normalizeAmount(uint256 amount, uint8 fromDecimals, uint8 toDecimals) internal pure returns (uint256) {
    if (fromDecimals > toDecimals) return amount / (10 ** (fromDecimals - toDecimals));
    else if (fromDecimals < toDecimals) return amount * (10 ** (toDecimals - fromDecimals));
    else return amount;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Normalizes a token amount to a specified decimal base.
   * @param token The ERC20 token.
   * @param amount The token amount to normalize.
   * @param toDecimals The target number of decimals.
   * @return The normalized token amount.
   */
  function normalizeTokenAmount(uint256 amount, address token, uint8 toDecimals) internal view returns (uint256) {
    uint8 decimals = IERC20Metadata(token).decimals();
    return normalizeAmount(amount, decimals, toDecimals);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Adds two token amounts with different decimals.
   * @param amount1 The first token amount.
   * @param decimals1 The number of decimals for the first token.
   * @param amount2 The second token amount.
   * @param decimals2 The number of decimals for the second token.
   * @param resultDecimals The number of decimals for the result.
   * @return The sum of the two token amounts normalized to the result decimals.
   */
  function addAmounts(uint256 amount1, uint8 decimals1, uint256 amount2, uint8 decimals2, uint8 resultDecimals)
    internal
    pure
    returns (uint256)
  {
    uint256 normalizedAmount1 = normalizeAmount(amount1, decimals1, resultDecimals);
    uint256 normalizedAmount2 = normalizeAmount(amount2, decimals2, resultDecimals);
    return normalizedAmount1 + normalizedAmount2;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Subtracts two token amounts with different decimals.
   * @param amount1 The first token amount.
   * @param decimals1 The number of decimals for the first token.
   * @param amount2 The second token amount.
   * @param decimals2 The number of decimals for the second token.
   * @param resultDecimals The number of decimals for the result.
   * @return The difference of the two token amounts normalized to the result decimals.
   */
  function subtractAmounts(uint256 amount1, uint8 decimals1, uint256 amount2, uint8 decimals2, uint8 resultDecimals)
    internal
    pure
    returns (uint256)
  {
    uint256 normalizedAmount1 = normalizeAmount(amount1, decimals1, resultDecimals);
    uint256 normalizedAmount2 = normalizeAmount(amount2, decimals2, resultDecimals);
    return normalizedAmount1 - normalizedAmount2;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 22 的 113:Deployer.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Utils} from "../lib/Utils.sol";
import {Auction} from "../Auction.sol";
import {BondToken} from "../BondToken.sol";
import {Distributor} from "../Distributor.sol";
import {LeverageToken} from "../LeverageToken.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "../PoolFactory.sol";
import {Create3} from "@create3/contracts/Create3.sol";
import {BeaconProxy} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/beacon/BeaconProxy.sol";

/**
 * @title Deployer
 * @dev Contract for deploying BondToken and LeverageToken instances
 */
contract Deployer {
  bytes32 public bondSalt;
  bytes32 public leverageSalt;
  bytes32 public distributorSalt;
  PoolFactory public poolFactory;

  error CallerIsNotPoolFactory();
  error CallerIsNotSecurityCouncil();
  error PoolFactoryAlreadySet();

  constructor() {
    // Initial salt values (can be anything)
    bondSalt = "BOND_SALT";
    leverageSalt = "LEVERAGE_SALT";
    distributorSalt = "DISTRIBUTOR_SALT";
  }

  /**
   * @dev Deploys a new BondToken contract
   * @param bondBeacon The address of the beacon for the BondToken
   * @param minter The address with minting privileges
   * @param governance The address with governance privileges
   * @param sharesPerToken The initial number of shares per token
   * @return address of the deployed BondToken contract
   */
  function deployBondToken(
    address bondBeacon,
    string memory name,
    string memory symbol,
    address minter,
    address governance,
    address,
    uint256 sharesPerToken
  ) external onlyPoolFactory returns (address) {
    bytes memory initData =
      abi.encodeCall(BondToken.initialize, (name, symbol, minter, governance, address(poolFactory), sharesPerToken));

    address addr =
      Create3.create3(bondSalt, abi.encodePacked(type(BeaconProxy).creationCode, abi.encode(bondBeacon, initData)));

    bondSalt = bytes32(uint256(uint256(bondSalt) + 1)); // Increment salt for next deployment

    return addr;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Deploys a new LeverageToken contract
   * @param minter The address with minting privileges
   * @param governance The address with governance privileges
   * @return address of the deployed LeverageToken contract
   */
  function deployLeverageToken(
    address leverageBeacon,
    string memory name,
    string memory symbol,
    address minter,
    address governance,
    address
  ) external onlyPoolFactory returns (address) {
    bytes memory initData =
      abi.encodeCall(LeverageToken.initialize, (name, symbol, minter, governance, address(poolFactory)));

    address addr = Create3.create3(
      leverageSalt, abi.encodePacked(type(BeaconProxy).creationCode, abi.encode(leverageBeacon, initData))
    );

    leverageSalt = bytes32(uint256(uint256(leverageSalt) + 1)); // Increment salt for next deployment

    return addr;
  }

  function deployDistributor(address distributorBeacon, address pool, address)
    external
    onlyPoolFactory
    returns (address)
  {
    bytes memory initData = abi.encodeCall(Distributor.initialize, (pool, address(poolFactory)));

    address addr = Create3.create3(
      distributorSalt, abi.encodePacked(type(BeaconProxy).creationCode, abi.encode(distributorBeacon, initData))
    );

    distributorSalt = bytes32(uint256(uint256(distributorSalt) + 1)); // Increment salt for next deployment

    return addr;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Deploys a new DistributorIntegrationAdapter contract
   * @param distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon The address of the beacon for the DistributorIntegrationAdapter
   * @param pool The address of the pool
   * @return address of the deployed DistributorIntegrationAdapter contract
   */
  function deployDistributorIntegrationAdapter(address distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon, address pool)
    external
    returns (address)
  {
    return address(
      new BeaconProxy(
        address(distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon),
        abi.encodeCall(Distributor.initialize, (pool, address(poolFactory)))
      )
    );
  }

  /**
   * @dev Deploys a new Auction contract
   * @param pool The address of the pool
   * @param couponToken The address of the coupon token
   * @param reserveToken The address of the reserve token
   * @param couponAmountToDistribute The amount of coupon tokens to distribute
   * @param endTime The end time of the auction
   * @param maxBids The maximum number of bids
   * @param beneficiary The address of the beneficiary
   * @param poolSaleLimit The sale limit of the pool
   * @return address of the deployed Auction contract
   */
  function deployAuction(
    address pool,
    address couponToken,
    address reserveToken,
    uint256 couponAmountToDistribute,
    uint256 endTime,
    uint256 maxBids,
    address beneficiary,
    uint256 poolSaleLimit
  ) external returns (address) {
    return Utils.deploy(
      address(new Auction()),
      abi.encodeWithSelector(
        Auction.initialize.selector,
        pool,
        couponToken,
        reserveToken,
        couponAmountToDistribute,
        endTime,
        maxBids,
        beneficiary,
        poolSaleLimit
      )
    );
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the pool factory. We leave the function open but ensure it can only be called once
   * (which would be done during deployment)
   * @param _poolFactory The address of the pool factory
   */
  function setPoolFactory(address _poolFactory) external {
    if (address(poolFactory) != address(0)) revert PoolFactoryAlreadySet();
    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);
  }

  function setSalts(bytes32 _bondSalt, bytes32 _leverageSalt, bytes32 _distributorSalt) external onlySecurityCouncil {
    bondSalt = _bondSalt;
    leverageSalt = _leverageSalt;
    distributorSalt = _distributorSalt;
  }

  function computeBondTokenAddress() external view returns (address) {
    return Create3.addressOf(bondSalt);
  }

  function computeLeverageTokenAddress() external view returns (address) {
    return Create3.addressOf(leverageSalt);
  }

  function computeDistributorAddress() external view returns (address) {
    return Create3.addressOf(distributorSalt);
  }

  function computeAddress(bytes32 salt) external view returns (address) {
    return Create3.addressOf(salt);
  }

  modifier onlyPoolFactory() {
    if (msg.sender != address(poolFactory)) revert CallerIsNotPoolFactory();
    _;
  }

  modifier onlySecurityCouncil() {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert CallerIsNotSecurityCouncil();
    _;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 23 的 113:Distributor.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Auction} from "./Auction.sol";
import {Pool} from "./Pool.sol";
import {BondToken} from "./BondToken.sol";
import {Decimals} from "./lib/Decimals.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "../src/PoolFactory.sol";
import {ERC20Extensions} from "./lib/ERC20Extensions.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title Distributor
 * @dev This contract manages the distribution of coupon shares to users based on their bond token
 * balances.
 */
contract Distributor is Initializable, PausableUpgradeable, ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable {
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
  using ERC20Extensions for IERC20;
  using Decimals for uint256;

  /// @dev Pool factory address
  PoolFactory public poolFactory;
  /// @dev Pool address
  Pool public pool;
  /// @dev Coupon token total amount to be distributed
  uint256 public couponAmountToDistribute;

  /// @dev Error thrown when there are not enough shares in the contract's balance
  error NotEnoughSharesBalance();
  /// @dev Error thrown when an unsupported pool is accessed
  error UnsupportedPool();
  /// @dev Error thrown when there are not enough shares allocated to distribute
  error NotEnoughSharesToDistribute();
  /// @dev Error thrown when there are not enough coupon tokens in the contract's balance
  error NotEnoughCouponBalance();
  /// @dev Error thrown when attempting to register an already registered pool
  error PoolAlreadyRegistered();
  /// @dev Error thrown when the pool has an invalid address
  error InvalidPoolAddress();
  /// @dev error thrown when the caller is not the pool
  error CallerIsNotPool();
  /// @dev error thrown when the caller does not have the required role
  error AccessDenied();
  /// @dev error thrown when user has no shares to claim
  error NothingToClaim();

  /// @dev Event emitted when a user claims their shares
  event ClaimedShares(address user, uint256 period, uint256 shares);

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the contract with the pool address and pool factory address.
   * This function is called once during deployment or upgrading to initialize state variables.
   * @param _pool Address of the pool.
   * @param _poolFactory Address of the pool factory.
   */
  function initialize(address _pool, address _poolFactory) public initializer {
    __ReentrancyGuard_init();
    __Pausable_init();

    pool = Pool(_pool);
    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Allows a user to claim their shares from a specific pool.
   * Calculates the number of shares based on the user's bond token balance and the shares per
   * token.
   * Transfers the calculated shares to the user's address.
   */
  function claim() external nonReentrant whenNotPaused {
    BondToken bondToken = Pool(pool).bondToken();
    address couponToken = Pool(pool).couponToken();

    if (address(bondToken) == address(0) || couponToken == address(0)) revert UnsupportedPool();

    (uint256 currentPeriod,) = bondToken.globalPool();
    uint256 balance = bondToken.balanceOf(msg.sender);
    (uint256 shares, uint256 lastIndexedPeriodBalance) =
      bondToken.getIndexedUserAmount(msg.sender, balance, currentPeriod);

    shares = shares.normalizeAmount(bondToken.decimals(), IERC20(couponToken).safeDecimals());

    bool isLastAuctionFinalized = !(Auction(pool.auctions(currentPeriod - 1)).state() == Auction.State.BIDDING);

    if (isLastAuctionFinalized) {
      BondToken.PoolAmount[] memory poolAmount = bondToken.getPreviousPoolAmounts();
      shares += (lastIndexedPeriodBalance * poolAmount[currentPeriod - 1].sharesPerToken).normalizeAmount(
        IERC20(bondToken).safeDecimals() + bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS(), IERC20(couponToken).safeDecimals()
      );
    }
    if (shares == 0) revert NothingToClaim();

    if (IERC20(couponToken).balanceOf(address(this)) < shares) revert NotEnoughSharesBalance();

    // check if pool has enough *allocated* shares to distribute
    if (couponAmountToDistribute < shares) revert NotEnoughSharesToDistribute();

    // check if the distributor has enough shares tokens as the amount to distribute
    if (IERC20(couponToken).balanceOf(address(this)) < couponAmountToDistribute) revert NotEnoughSharesToDistribute();

    couponAmountToDistribute -= shares;
    bondToken.resetIndexedUserAssets(msg.sender, isLastAuctionFinalized);
    IERC20(couponToken).safeTransfer(msg.sender, shares);

    emit ClaimedShares(msg.sender, currentPeriod, shares);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Allocates shares to a pool.
   * @param _amountToDistribute Amount of shares to allocate.
   */
  function allocate(uint256 _amountToDistribute) external whenNotPaused {
    require(address(pool) == msg.sender, CallerIsNotPool());

    address couponToken = pool.couponToken();
    couponAmountToDistribute += _amountToDistribute;

    if (IERC20(couponToken).balanceOf(address(this)) < couponAmountToDistribute) revert NotEnoughCouponBalance();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Pauses the contract. Reverts any interaction except upgrade.
   */
  function pause() external onlyRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE()) {
    _pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Unpauses the contract.
   */
  function unpause() external onlyRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE()) {
    _unpause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the caller has the specified role.
   * @param role The role to check for.
   */
  modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(role, msg.sender)) revert AccessDenied();
    _;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 24 的 113:DistributorAdapter.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Pool} from "./Pool.sol";
import {Auction} from "./Auction.sol";
import {BondToken} from "./BondToken.sol";
import {Decimals} from "./lib/Decimals.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "./PoolFactory.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {MerkleProof} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";

contract DistributorAdapter is Initializable, PausableUpgradeable, ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable {
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
  using Decimals for uint256;

  struct MerkleRootData {
    bytes32 merkleRoot;
    string ipfsHash;
  }

  // State variables
  PoolFactory public poolFactory;
  Pool public pool;
  mapping(uint256 => MerkleRootData[]) public submittedRoots;
  mapping(uint256 => MerkleRootData) public selectedRoots;
  mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => bool)) public hasClaimed; // user => period => claimed
  address[] public integratingContracts;

  // Events
  event MerkleRootSubmitted(address indexed submitter, uint256 indexed period, bytes32 merkleRoot, string ipfsHash);
  event MerkleRootSelected(uint256 indexed period, bytes32 merkleRoot, string ipfsHash);
  event IntegratingContractAdded(address indexed contractAddress, uint256 indexed period);
  event IntegratingContractRemoved(address indexed contractAddress, uint256 indexed period);
  event Claimed(address indexed user, uint256 indexed period, uint256 amount);

  // Errors
  error InvalidMerkleProof();
  error AlreadyClaimed();
  error AccessDenied();
  error InvalidPeriod();
  error NotEnoughBalance();
  error CallerIsNotPool();
  error AddressNotFound();
  error NotInBiddingPhase();
  error InvalidRootIndex();
  error RootAlreadySelected();
  error RootNotActive();
  error AuctionNotFinalized();
  error NoCouponsYet();

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  function initialize(address _pool, address _poolFactory) public initializer {
    __ReentrancyGuard_init();
    __Pausable_init();

    pool = Pool(_pool);
    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Submit a merkle root for the latest completed period, where bond holders are incentivized to do so during the
   * bidding phase of the corresponding auction.
   * @param _merkleRoot The merkle root
   * @param _ipfsHash The ipfs hash containing full merkle tree
   */
  function submitMerkleRoot(bytes32 _merkleRoot, string calldata _ipfsHash) external whenNotPaused {
    // Posting lists only makes sense during bidding phase, so we enforce this
    uint256 currentPeriod = _currentPeriod();
    if (currentPeriod == 0) revert NoCouponsYet();

    uint256 lastPeriod = currentPeriod - 1;
    if (Auction(pool.auctions(lastPeriod)).state() != Auction.State.BIDDING) revert NotInBiddingPhase();

    submittedRoots[lastPeriod].push(MerkleRootData({merkleRoot: _merkleRoot, ipfsHash: _ipfsHash}));

    emit MerkleRootSubmitted(msg.sender, lastPeriod, _merkleRoot, _ipfsHash);
  }

  function selectMerkleRoot(uint256 rootIndex) external onlyGov whenNotPaused {
    uint256 lastPeriod = _currentPeriod() - 1;
    if (rootIndex >= submittedRoots[lastPeriod].length) revert InvalidRootIndex();

    MerkleRootData memory selectedRoot = submittedRoots[lastPeriod][rootIndex];
    selectedRoots[lastPeriod] = selectedRoot;

    emit MerkleRootSelected(lastPeriod, selectedRoot.merkleRoot, selectedRoot.ipfsHash);
  }

  function addIntegratingContract(address _address) external onlyGov {
    integratingContracts.push(_address);
    emit IntegratingContractAdded(_address, _currentPeriod());
  }

  function removeIntegratingContract(address _address) external onlyGov {
    for (uint256 i = 0; i < integratingContracts.length; i++) {
      if (integratingContracts[i] == _address) {
        integratingContracts[i] = integratingContracts[integratingContracts.length - 1];
        integratingContracts.pop();
        emit IntegratingContractRemoved(_address, _currentPeriod());
        return;
      }
    }
    revert AddressNotFound();
  }

  function claim(uint256 period, uint256 amount, bytes32[] calldata merkleProof)
    external
    nonReentrant
    whenNotPaused
    lastAuctionFinalized(period)
  {
    if (hasClaimed[msg.sender][period]) revert AlreadyClaimed();

    // Double hash as per OpenZeppelin guidelines
    bytes32 leaf = keccak256(bytes.concat(keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, amount))));
    if (!MerkleProof.verify(merkleProof, selectedRoots[period].merkleRoot, leaf)) revert InvalidMerkleProof();

    if (IERC20(pool.couponToken()).balanceOf(address(this)) < amount) revert NotEnoughBalance();

    hasClaimed[msg.sender][period] = true;
    IERC20(pool.couponToken()).safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);

    emit Claimed(msg.sender, amount, period);
  }

  function getDistributionAmount() external view returns (uint256 totalAmount) {
    BondToken bondToken = pool.bondToken();
    uint256 lastPeriod = _currentPeriod() - 1;

    for (uint256 i = 0; i < integratingContracts.length; i++) {
      address addr = integratingContracts[i];
      (, uint256 lastIndexedPeriodBalance) =
        bondToken.getIndexedUserAmount(addr, bondToken.balanceOf(addr), _currentPeriod());

      if (lastIndexedPeriodBalance > 0) {
        BondToken.PoolAmount[] memory poolAmount = bondToken.getPreviousPoolAmounts();
        totalAmount += (lastIndexedPeriodBalance * poolAmount[lastPeriod].sharesPerToken).normalizeAmount(
          bondToken.decimals() + bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS(), bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS()
        );
      }
    }
  }

  function _currentPeriod() internal view returns (uint256 currentPeriod) {
    (currentPeriod,) = pool.bondToken().globalPool();
  }

  function pause() external {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert AccessDenied();
    _pause();
  }

  function unpause() external {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert AccessDenied();
    _unpause();
  }

  modifier onlyGov() {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert AccessDenied();
    _;
  }

  modifier lastAuctionFinalized(uint256 period) {
    uint256 currentPeriod = _currentPeriod();
    if (currentPeriod == 0) revert NoCouponsYet();

    uint256 lastPeriod = currentPeriod - 1;
    // If the period is the last period, we need to check if the auction is in bidding phase. Prior auctions are
    // guaranteed to be finalized
    if (period == lastPeriod && Auction(pool.auctions(lastPeriod)).state() == Auction.State.BIDDING) {
      revert AuctionNotFinalized();
    }
    _;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 25 的 113:ECDSA.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSA {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS
    }

    /**
     * @dev The signature derives the `address(0)`.
     */
    error ECDSAInvalidSignature();

    /**
     * @dev The signature has an invalid length.
     */
    error ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256 length);

    /**
     * @dev The signature has an S value that is in the upper half order.
     */
    error ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(bytes32 s);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with `signature` or an error. This will not
     * return address(0) without also returning an error description. Errors are documented using an enum (error type)
     * and a bytes32 providing additional information about the error.
     *
     * If no error is returned, then the address can be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength, bytes32(signature.length));
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error, errorArg);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
        unchecked {
            bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
            // We do not check for an overflow here since the shift operation results in 0 or 1.
            uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error, errorArg);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS, s);
        }

        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature, bytes32(0));
        }

        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError, bytes32(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error, errorArg);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Optionally reverts with the corresponding custom error according to the `error` argument provided.
     */
    function _throwError(RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert ECDSAInvalidSignature();
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256(errorArg));
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(errorArg);
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 26 的 113:EIP712Upgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/EIP712.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {MessageHashUtils} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MessageHashUtils.sol";
import {IERC5267} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/IERC5267.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
 *
 * The encoding scheme specified in the EIP requires a domain separator and a hash of the typed structured data, whose
 * encoding is very generic and therefore its implementation in Solidity is not feasible, thus this contract
 * does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding they need in order to
 * produce the hash of their typed data using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
 *
 * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
 * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
 * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
 *
 * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
 * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
 * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
 *
 * NOTE: In the upgradeable version of this contract, the cached values will correspond to the address, and the domain
 * separator of the implementation contract. This will cause the {_domainSeparatorV4} function to always rebuild the
 * separator from the immutable values, which is cheaper than accessing a cached version in cold storage.
 */
abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC5267 {
    bytes32 private constant TYPE_HASH =
        keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.EIP712
    struct EIP712Storage {
        /// @custom:oz-renamed-from _HASHED_NAME
        bytes32 _hashedName;
        /// @custom:oz-renamed-from _HASHED_VERSION
        bytes32 _hashedVersion;

        string _name;
        string _version;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.EIP712")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant EIP712StorageLocation = 0xa16a46d94261c7517cc8ff89f61c0ce93598e3c849801011dee649a6a557d100;

    function _getEIP712Storage() private pure returns (EIP712Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := EIP712StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
     *
     * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
     *
     * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
     * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
     *
     * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
     * contract upgrade].
     */
    function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
    }

    function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        $._name = name;
        $._version = version;

        // Reset prior values in storage if upgrading
        $._hashedName = 0;
        $._hashedVersion = 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
     */
    function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _buildDomainSeparator();
    }

    function _buildDomainSeparator() private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash(), block.chainid, address(this)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
     * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
     *
     * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
     *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
     *     mailTo,
     *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
     * )));
     * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
     * ```
     */
    function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return MessageHashUtils.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC-5267}.
     */
    function eip712Domain()
        public
        view
        virtual
        returns (
            bytes1 fields,
            string memory name,
            string memory version,
            uint256 chainId,
            address verifyingContract,
            bytes32 salt,
            uint256[] memory extensions
        )
    {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        // If the hashed name and version in storage are non-zero, the contract hasn't been properly initialized
        // and the EIP712 domain is not reliable, as it will be missing name and version.
        require($._hashedName == 0 && $._hashedVersion == 0, "EIP712: Uninitialized");

        return (
            hex"0f", // 01111
            _EIP712Name(),
            _EIP712Version(),
            block.chainid,
            address(this),
            bytes32(0),
            new uint256[](0)
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev The name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712Name() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        return $._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev The version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712Version() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        return $._version;
    }

    /**
     * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: In previous versions this function was virtual. In this version you should override `_EIP712Name` instead.
     */
    function _EIP712NameHash() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        string memory name = _EIP712Name();
        if (bytes(name).length > 0) {
            return keccak256(bytes(name));
        } else {
            // If the name is empty, the contract may have been upgraded without initializing the new storage.
            // We return the name hash in storage if non-zero, otherwise we assume the name is empty by design.
            bytes32 hashedName = $._hashedName;
            if (hashedName != 0) {
                return hashedName;
            } else {
                return keccak256("");
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: In previous versions this function was virtual. In this version you should override `_EIP712Version` instead.
     */
    function _EIP712VersionHash() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        string memory version = _EIP712Version();
        if (bytes(version).length > 0) {
            return keccak256(bytes(version));
        } else {
            // If the version is empty, the contract may have been upgraded without initializing the new storage.
            // We return the version hash in storage if non-zero, otherwise we assume the version is empty by design.
            bytes32 hashedVersion = $._hashedVersion;
            if (hashedVersion != 0) {
                return hashedVersion;
            } else {
                return keccak256("");
            }
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 27 的 113:ERC165.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC165} from "./IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 28 的 113:ERC165Upgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165 {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 29 的 113:ERC1967Proxy.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Proxy} from "../Proxy.sol";
import {ERC1967Utils} from "./ERC1967Utils.sol";

/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `implementation`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `implementation`. This will typically be an
     * encoded function call, and allows initializing the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `data` is empty, `msg.value` must be zero.
     */
    constructor(address implementation, bytes memory _data) payable {
        ERC1967Utils.upgradeToAndCall(implementation, _data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using
     * the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc`
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return ERC1967Utils.getImplementation();
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 30 的 113:ERC1967Utils.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IBeacon} from "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import {Address} from "../../utils/Address.sol";
import {StorageSlot} from "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";

/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 */
library ERC1967Utils {
    // We re-declare ERC-1967 events here because they can't be used directly from IERC1967.
    // This will be fixed in Solidity 0.8.21. At that point we should remove these events.
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    bytes32 internal constant IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;

    /**
     * @dev The `implementation` of the proxy is invalid.
     */
    error ERC1967InvalidImplementation(address implementation);

    /**
     * @dev The `admin` of the proxy is invalid.
     */
    error ERC1967InvalidAdmin(address admin);

    /**
     * @dev The `beacon` of the proxy is invalid.
     */
    error ERC1967InvalidBeacon(address beacon);

    /**
     * @dev An upgrade function sees `msg.value > 0` that may be lost.
     */
    error ERC1967NonPayable();

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        if (newImplementation.code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidImplementation(newImplementation);
        }
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs implementation upgrade with additional setup call if data is nonempty.
     * This function is payable only if the setup call is performed, otherwise `msg.value` is rejected
     * to avoid stuck value in the contract.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);

        if (data.length > 0) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        } else {
            _checkNonPayable();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    bytes32 internal constant ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using
     * the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
     */
    function getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        if (newAdmin == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidAdmin(address(0));
        }
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.beacon" subtracted by 1.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    bytes32 internal constant BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        if (newBeacon.code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidBeacon(newBeacon);
        }

        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;

        address beaconImplementation = IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation();
        if (beaconImplementation.code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidImplementation(beaconImplementation);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Change the beacon and trigger a setup call if data is nonempty.
     * This function is payable only if the setup call is performed, otherwise `msg.value` is rejected
     * to avoid stuck value in the contract.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-BeaconUpgraded} event.
     *
     * CAUTION: Invoking this function has no effect on an instance of {BeaconProxy} since v5, since
     * it uses an immutable beacon without looking at the value of the ERC-1967 beacon slot for
     * efficiency.
     */
    function upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);

        if (data.length > 0) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        } else {
            _checkNonPayable();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if `msg.value` is not zero. It can be used to avoid `msg.value` stuck in the contract
     * if an upgrade doesn't perform an initialization call.
     */
    function _checkNonPayable() private {
        if (msg.value > 0) {
            revert ERC1967NonPayable();
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 31 的 113:ERC20Extensions.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";

// Interface that includes the decimals method
interface ExtendedIERC20 is IERC20 {
  function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
  function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
}

// Library to extend the functionality of IERC20
library ERC20Extensions {
  function safeDecimals(IERC20 token) internal view returns (uint8) {
    // Try casting the token to the extended interface with decimals()
    try ExtendedIERC20(address(token)).decimals() returns (uint8 tokenDecimals) {
      return tokenDecimals;
    } catch {
      // Return a default value if decimals() is not implemented
      return 18;
    }
  }

  function safeSymbol(IERC20 token) internal view returns (string memory) {
    // Try casting the token to the extended interface with symbol()
    try ExtendedIERC20(address(token)).symbol() returns (string memory tokenSymbol) {
      return tokenSymbol;
    } catch {
      // Return a default value if symbol() is not implemented
      return "";
    }
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 32 的 113:ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Permit.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC20Permit} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol";
import {ERC20Upgradeable} from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import {ECDSA} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import {EIP712Upgradeable} from "../../../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import {NoncesUpgradeable} from "../../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
abstract contract ERC20PermitUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, IERC20Permit, EIP712Upgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable {
    bytes32 private constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");

    /**
     * @dev Permit deadline has expired.
     */
    error ERC2612ExpiredSignature(uint256 deadline);

    /**
     * @dev Mismatched signature.
     */
    error ERC2612InvalidSigner(address signer, address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the {EIP712} domain separator using the `name` parameter, and setting `version` to `"1"`.
     *
     * It's a good idea to use the same `name` that is defined as the ERC20 token name.
     */
    function __ERC20Permit_init(string memory name) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, "1");
    }

    function __ERC20Permit_init_unchained(string memory) internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC20Permit
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        if (block.timestamp > deadline) {
            revert ERC2612ExpiredSignature(deadline);
        }

        bytes32 structHash = keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, owner, spender, value, _useNonce(owner), deadline));

        bytes32 hash = _hashTypedDataV4(structHash);

        address signer = ECDSA.recover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer != owner) {
            revert ERC2612InvalidSigner(signer, owner);
        }

        _approve(owner, spender, value);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC20Permit
     */
    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual override(IERC20Permit, NoncesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.nonces(owner);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC20Permit
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return _domainSeparatorV4();
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 33 的 113:ERC20Upgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {IERC20Metadata} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol";
import {ContextUpgradeable} from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC20Errors} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/draft-IERC6093.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
 *
 * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
 * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
 *
 * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
 * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
 * to implement supply mechanisms].
 *
 * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To change this, you should override
 * this function so it returns a different value.
 *
 * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
 * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
 * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
 * applications.
 *
 * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
 * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
 * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
 * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
 */
abstract contract ERC20Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IERC20, IERC20Metadata, IERC20Errors {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC20
    struct ERC20Storage {
        mapping(address account => uint256) _balances;

        mapping(address account => mapping(address spender => uint256)) _allowances;

        uint256 _totalSupply;

        string _name;
        string _symbol;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC20")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC20StorageLocation = 0x52c63247e1f47db19d5ce0460030c497f067ca4cebf71ba98eeadabe20bace00;

    function _getERC20Storage() private pure returns (ERC20Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC20StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
     *
     * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
     * construction.
     */
    function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        $._name = name_;
        $._symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
     * name.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
     * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
     * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
     *
     * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
     * Ether and Wei. This is the default value returned by this function, unless
     * it's overridden.
     *
     * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
     * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
     * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
     */
    function decimals() public view virtual returns (uint8) {
        return 18;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._totalSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._balances[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - the caller must have a balance of at least `value`.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _transfer(owner, to, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._allowances[owner][spender];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * NOTE: If `value` is the maximum `uint256`, the allowance is not updated on
     * `transferFrom`. This is semantically equivalent to an infinite approval.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _approve(owner, spender, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
     * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
     *
     * NOTE: Does not update the allowance if the current allowance
     * is the maximum `uint256`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` and `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of at least `value`.
     * - the caller must have allowance for ``from``'s tokens of at least
     * `value`.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address spender = _msgSender();
        _spendAllowance(from, spender, value);
        _transfer(from, to, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
     * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     *
     * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        if (from == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        _update(from, to, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to`, or alternatively mints (or burns) if `from`
     * (or `to`) is the zero address. All customizations to transfers, mints, and burns should be done by overriding
     * this function.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal virtual {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        if (from == address(0)) {
            // Overflow check required: The rest of the code assumes that totalSupply never overflows
            $._totalSupply += value;
        } else {
            uint256 fromBalance = $._balances[from];
            if (fromBalance < value) {
                revert ERC20InsufficientBalance(from, fromBalance, value);
            }
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: value <= fromBalance <= totalSupply.
                $._balances[from] = fromBalance - value;
            }
        }

        if (to == address(0)) {
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: value <= totalSupply or value <= fromBalance <= totalSupply.
                $._totalSupply -= value;
            }
        } else {
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: balance + value is at most totalSupply, which we know fits into a uint256.
                $._balances[to] += value;
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, to, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates a `value` amount of tokens and assigns them to `account`, by transferring it from address(0).
     * Relies on the `_update` mechanism
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
     *
     * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead.
     */
    function _mint(address account, uint256 value) internal {
        if (account == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        _update(address(0), account, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys a `value` amount of tokens from `account`, lowering the total supply.
     * Relies on the `_update` mechanism.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
     *
     * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead
     */
    function _burn(address account, uint256 value) internal {
        if (account == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        _update(account, address(0), value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
     * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Overrides to this logic should be done to the variant with an additional `bool emitEvent` argument.
     */
    function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        _approve(owner, spender, value, true);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Variant of {_approve} with an optional flag to enable or disable the {Approval} event.
     *
     * By default (when calling {_approve}) the flag is set to true. On the other hand, approval changes made by
     * `_spendAllowance` during the `transferFrom` operation set the flag to false. This saves gas by not emitting any
     * `Approval` event during `transferFrom` operations.
     *
     * Anyone who wishes to continue emitting `Approval` events on the`transferFrom` operation can force the flag to
     * true using the following override:
     * ```
     * function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, bool) internal virtual override {
     *     super._approve(owner, spender, value, true);
     * }
     * ```
     *
     * Requirements are the same as {_approve}.
     */
    function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, bool emitEvent) internal virtual {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        if (owner == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidApprover(address(0));
        }
        if (spender == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSpender(address(0));
        }
        $._allowances[owner][spender] = value;
        if (emitEvent) {
            emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Updates `owner` s allowance for `spender` based on spent `value`.
     *
     * Does not update the allowance value in case of infinite allowance.
     * Revert if not enough allowance is available.
     *
     * Does not emit an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _spendAllowance(address owner, address spender, uint256 value) internal virtual {
        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
        if (currentAllowance != type(uint256).max) {
            if (currentAllowance < value) {
                revert ERC20InsufficientAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, value);
            }
            unchecked {
                _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - value, false);
            }
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 34 的 113:ExecutorOptions.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LZBL-1.2

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/libs/CalldataBytesLib.sol";

library ExecutorOptions {
    using CalldataBytesLib for bytes;

    uint8 internal constant WORKER_ID = 1;

    uint8 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_LZRECEIVE = 1;
    uint8 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_NATIVE_DROP = 2;
    uint8 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_LZCOMPOSE = 3;
    uint8 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_ORDERED_EXECUTION = 4;
    uint8 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_LZREAD = 5;

    error Executor_InvalidLzReceiveOption();
    error Executor_InvalidNativeDropOption();
    error Executor_InvalidLzComposeOption();
    error Executor_InvalidLzReadOption();

    /// @dev decode the next executor option from the options starting from the specified cursor
    /// @param _options [executor_id][executor_option][executor_id][executor_option]...
    ///        executor_option = [option_size][option_type][option]
    ///        option_size = len(option_type) + len(option)
    ///        executor_id: uint8, option_size: uint16, option_type: uint8, option: bytes
    /// @param _cursor the cursor to start decoding from
    /// @return optionType the type of the option
    /// @return option the option of the executor
    /// @return cursor the cursor to start decoding the next executor option
    function nextExecutorOption(
        bytes calldata _options,
        uint256 _cursor
    ) internal pure returns (uint8 optionType, bytes calldata option, uint256 cursor) {
        unchecked {
            // skip worker id
            cursor = _cursor + 1;

            // read option size
            uint16 size = _options.toU16(cursor);
            cursor += 2;

            // read option type
            optionType = _options.toU8(cursor);

            // startCursor and endCursor are used to slice the option from _options
            uint256 startCursor = cursor + 1; // skip option type
            uint256 endCursor = cursor + size;
            option = _options[startCursor:endCursor];
            cursor += size;
        }
    }

    function decodeLzReceiveOption(bytes calldata _option) internal pure returns (uint128 gas, uint128 value) {
        if (_option.length != 16 && _option.length != 32) revert Executor_InvalidLzReceiveOption();
        gas = _option.toU128(0);
        value = _option.length == 32 ? _option.toU128(16) : 0;
    }

    function decodeNativeDropOption(bytes calldata _option) internal pure returns (uint128 amount, bytes32 receiver) {
        if (_option.length != 48) revert Executor_InvalidNativeDropOption();
        amount = _option.toU128(0);
        receiver = _option.toB32(16);
    }

    function decodeLzComposeOption(
        bytes calldata _option
    ) internal pure returns (uint16 index, uint128 gas, uint128 value) {
        if (_option.length != 18 && _option.length != 34) revert Executor_InvalidLzComposeOption();
        index = _option.toU16(0);
        gas = _option.toU128(2);
        value = _option.length == 34 ? _option.toU128(18) : 0;
    }

    function decodeLzReadOption(
        bytes calldata _option
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 gas, uint32 calldataSize, uint128 value) {
        if (_option.length != 20 && _option.length != 36) revert Executor_InvalidLzReadOption();
        gas = _option.toU128(0);
        calldataSize = _option.toU32(16);
        value = _option.length == 36 ? _option.toU128(20) : 0;
    }

    function encodeLzReceiveOption(uint128 _gas, uint128 _value) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return _value == 0 ? abi.encodePacked(_gas) : abi.encodePacked(_gas, _value);
    }

    function encodeNativeDropOption(uint128 _amount, bytes32 _receiver) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodePacked(_amount, _receiver);
    }

    function encodeLzComposeOption(uint16 _index, uint128 _gas, uint128 _value) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return _value == 0 ? abi.encodePacked(_index, _gas) : abi.encodePacked(_index, _gas, _value);
    }

    function encodeLzReadOption(
        uint128 _gas,
        uint32 _calldataSize,
        uint128 _value
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return _value == 0 ? abi.encodePacked(_gas, _calldataSize) : abi.encodePacked(_gas, _calldataSize, _value);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 35 的 113:IAccessControl.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/IAccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev The `account` is missing a role.
     */
    error AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(address account, bytes32 neededRole);

    /**
     * @dev The caller of a function is not the expected one.
     *
     * NOTE: Don't confuse with {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount}.
     */
    error AccessControlBadConfirmation();

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) external;
}
合同源代码
文件 36 的 113:IAsset.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @dev This is an empty interface used to represent either ERC20-conforming token contracts or ETH (using the zero
 * address sentinel value). We're just relying on the fact that `interface` can be used to declare new address-like
 * types.
 *
 * This concept is unrelated to a Pool's Asset Managers.
 */
interface IAsset {
    // solhint-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
}
合同源代码
文件 37 的 113:IAuthentication.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

interface IAuthentication {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the action identifier associated with the external function described by `selector`.
     */
    function getActionId(bytes4 selector) external view returns (bytes32);
}
合同源代码
文件 38 的 113:IAuthorizer.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

interface IAuthorizer {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` can perform the action described by `actionId` in the contract `where`.
     */
    function canPerform(
        bytes32 actionId,
        address account,
        address where
    ) external view returns (bool);
}
合同源代码
文件 39 的 113:IBasePool.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "./IVault.sol";
import "./IPoolSwapStructs.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for adding and removing liquidity that all Pool contracts should implement. Note that this is not
 * the complete Pool contract interface, as it is missing the swap hooks. Pool contracts should also inherit from
 * either IGeneralPool or IMinimalSwapInfoPool
 */
interface IBasePool is IPoolSwapStructs {
    /**
     * @dev Called by the Vault when a user calls `IVault.joinPool` to add liquidity to this Pool. Returns how many of
     * each registered token the user should provide, as well as the amount of protocol fees the Pool owes to the Vault.
     * The Vault will then take tokens from `sender` and add them to the Pool's balances, as well as collect
     * the reported amount in protocol fees, which the pool should calculate based on `protocolSwapFeePercentage`.
     *
     * Protocol fees are reported and charged on join events so that the Pool is free of debt whenever new users join.
     *
     * `sender` is the account performing the join (from which tokens will be withdrawn), and `recipient` is the account
     * designated to receive any benefits (typically pool shares). `balances` contains the total balances
     * for each token the Pool registered in the Vault, in the same order that `IVault.getPoolTokens` would return.
     *
     * `lastChangeBlock` is the last block in which *any* of the Pool's registered tokens last changed its total
     * balance.
     *
     * `userData` contains any pool-specific instructions needed to perform the calculations, such as the type of
     * join (e.g., proportional given an amount of pool shares, single-asset, multi-asset, etc.)
     *
     * Contracts implementing this function should check that the caller is indeed the Vault before performing any
     * state-changing operations, such as minting pool shares.
     */
    function onJoinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256[] memory amountsIn, uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts);

    /**
     * @dev Called by the Vault when a user calls `IVault.exitPool` to remove liquidity from this Pool. Returns how many
     * tokens the Vault should deduct from the Pool's balances, as well as the amount of protocol fees the Pool owes
     * to the Vault. The Vault will then take tokens from the Pool's balances and send them to `recipient`,
     * as well as collect the reported amount in protocol fees, which the Pool should calculate based on
     * `protocolSwapFeePercentage`.
     *
     * Protocol fees are charged on exit events to guarantee that users exiting the Pool have paid their share.
     *
     * `sender` is the account performing the exit (typically the pool shareholder), and `recipient` is the account
     * to which the Vault will send the proceeds. `balances` contains the total token balances for each token
     * the Pool registered in the Vault, in the same order that `IVault.getPoolTokens` would return.
     *
     * `lastChangeBlock` is the last block in which *any* of the Pool's registered tokens last changed its total
     * balance.
     *
     * `userData` contains any pool-specific instructions needed to perform the calculations, such as the type of
     * exit (e.g., proportional given an amount of pool shares, single-asset, multi-asset, etc.)
     *
     * Contracts implementing this function should check that the caller is indeed the Vault before performing any
     * state-changing operations, such as burning pool shares.
     */
    function onExitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256[] memory amountsOut, uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts);

    /**
     * @dev Returns this Pool's ID, used when interacting with the Vault (to e.g. join the Pool or swap with it).
     */
    function getPoolId() external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current swap fee percentage as a 18 decimal fixed point number, so e.g. 1e17 corresponds to a
     * 10% swap fee.
     */
    function getSwapFeePercentage() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the scaling factors of each of the Pool's tokens. This is an implementation detail that is typically
     * not relevant for outside parties, but which might be useful for some types of Pools.
     */
    function getScalingFactors() external view returns (uint256[] memory);

    function queryJoin(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256 bptOut, uint256[] memory amountsIn);

    function queryExit(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256 bptIn, uint256[] memory amountsOut);
}
合同源代码
文件 40 的 113:IBeacon.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {UpgradeableBeacon} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
合同源代码
文件 41 的 113:IERC165.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
合同源代码
文件 42 的 113:IERC20.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
合同源代码
文件 43 的 113:IERC20Metadata.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC20} from "../IERC20.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
 */
interface IERC20Metadata is IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
     */
    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
}
合同源代码
文件 44 的 113:IERC20Permit.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 *
 * ==== Security Considerations
 *
 * There are two important considerations concerning the use of `permit`. The first is that a valid permit signature
 * expresses an allowance, and it should not be assumed to convey additional meaning. In particular, it should not be
 * considered as an intention to spend the allowance in any specific way. The second is that because permits have
 * built-in replay protection and can be submitted by anyone, they can be frontrun. A protocol that uses permits should
 * take this into consideration and allow a `permit` call to fail. Combining these two aspects, a pattern that may be
 * generally recommended is:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function doThingWithPermit(..., uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) public {
 *     try token.permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s) {} catch {}
 *     doThing(..., value);
 * }
 *
 * function doThing(..., uint256 value) public {
 *     token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), value);
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Observe that: 1) `msg.sender` is used as the owner, leaving no ambiguity as to the signer intent, and 2) the use of
 * `try/catch` allows the permit to fail and makes the code tolerant to frontrunning. (See also
 * {SafeERC20-safeTransferFrom}).
 *
 * Additionally, note that smart contract wallets (such as Argent or Safe) are not able to produce permit signatures, so
 * contracts should have entry points that don't rely on permit.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     *
     * CAUTION: See Security Considerations above.
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
合同源代码
文件 45 的 113:IERC5267.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/IERC5267.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

interface IERC5267 {
    /**
     * @dev MAY be emitted to signal that the domain could have changed.
     */
    event EIP712DomainChanged();

    /**
     * @dev returns the fields and values that describe the domain separator used by this contract for EIP-712
     * signature.
     */
    function eip712Domain()
        external
        view
        returns (
            bytes1 fields,
            string memory name,
            string memory version,
            uint256 chainId,
            address verifyingContract,
            bytes32 salt,
            uint256[] memory extensions
        );
}
合同源代码
文件 46 的 113:IFlashLoanRecipient.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

// Inspired by Aave Protocol's IFlashLoanReceiver.

import "../solidity-utils/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

interface IFlashLoanRecipient {
    /**
     * @dev When `flashLoan` is called on the Vault, it invokes the `receiveFlashLoan` hook on the recipient.
     *
     * At the time of the call, the Vault will have transferred `amounts` for `tokens` to the recipient. Before this
     * call returns, the recipient must have transferred `amounts` plus `feeAmounts` for each token back to the
     * Vault, or else the entire flash loan will revert.
     *
     * `userData` is the same value passed in the `IVault.flashLoan` call.
     */
    function receiveFlashLoan(
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        uint256[] memory feeAmounts,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external;
}
合同源代码
文件 47 的 113:ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

import { IMessageLibManager } from "./IMessageLibManager.sol";
import { IMessagingComposer } from "./IMessagingComposer.sol";
import { IMessagingChannel } from "./IMessagingChannel.sol";
import { IMessagingContext } from "./IMessagingContext.sol";

struct MessagingParams {
    uint32 dstEid;
    bytes32 receiver;
    bytes message;
    bytes options;
    bool payInLzToken;
}

struct MessagingReceipt {
    bytes32 guid;
    uint64 nonce;
    MessagingFee fee;
}

struct MessagingFee {
    uint256 nativeFee;
    uint256 lzTokenFee;
}

struct Origin {
    uint32 srcEid;
    bytes32 sender;
    uint64 nonce;
}

interface ILayerZeroEndpointV2 is IMessageLibManager, IMessagingComposer, IMessagingChannel, IMessagingContext {
    event PacketSent(bytes encodedPayload, bytes options, address sendLibrary);

    event PacketVerified(Origin origin, address receiver, bytes32 payloadHash);

    event PacketDelivered(Origin origin, address receiver);

    event LzReceiveAlert(
        address indexed receiver,
        address indexed executor,
        Origin origin,
        bytes32 guid,
        uint256 gas,
        uint256 value,
        bytes message,
        bytes extraData,
        bytes reason
    );

    event LzTokenSet(address token);

    event DelegateSet(address sender, address delegate);

    function quote(MessagingParams calldata _params, address _sender) external view returns (MessagingFee memory);

    function send(
        MessagingParams calldata _params,
        address _refundAddress
    ) external payable returns (MessagingReceipt memory);

    function verify(Origin calldata _origin, address _receiver, bytes32 _payloadHash) external;

    function verifiable(Origin calldata _origin, address _receiver) external view returns (bool);

    function initializable(Origin calldata _origin, address _receiver) external view returns (bool);

    function lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        address _receiver,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) external payable;

    // oapp can burn messages partially by calling this function with its own business logic if messages are verified in order
    function clear(address _oapp, Origin calldata _origin, bytes32 _guid, bytes calldata _message) external;

    function setLzToken(address _lzToken) external;

    function lzToken() external view returns (address);

    function nativeToken() external view returns (address);

    function setDelegate(address _delegate) external;
}
合同源代码
文件 48 的 113:ILayerZeroReceiver.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

import { Origin } from "./ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol";

interface ILayerZeroReceiver {
    function allowInitializePath(Origin calldata _origin) external view returns (bool);

    function nextNonce(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _sender) external view returns (uint64);

    function lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) external payable;
}
合同源代码
文件 49 的 113:IMessageLib.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

import { IERC165 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

import { SetConfigParam } from "./IMessageLibManager.sol";

enum MessageLibType {
    Send,
    Receive,
    SendAndReceive
}

interface IMessageLib is IERC165 {
    function setConfig(address _oapp, SetConfigParam[] calldata _config) external;

    function getConfig(uint32 _eid, address _oapp, uint32 _configType) external view returns (bytes memory config);

    function isSupportedEid(uint32 _eid) external view returns (bool);

    // message libs of same major version are compatible
    function version() external view returns (uint64 major, uint8 minor, uint8 endpointVersion);

    function messageLibType() external view returns (MessageLibType);
}
合同源代码
文件 50 的 113:IMessageLibManager.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

struct SetConfigParam {
    uint32 eid;
    uint32 configType;
    bytes config;
}

interface IMessageLibManager {
    struct Timeout {
        address lib;
        uint256 expiry;
    }

    event LibraryRegistered(address newLib);
    event DefaultSendLibrarySet(uint32 eid, address newLib);
    event DefaultReceiveLibrarySet(uint32 eid, address newLib);
    event DefaultReceiveLibraryTimeoutSet(uint32 eid, address oldLib, uint256 expiry);
    event SendLibrarySet(address sender, uint32 eid, address newLib);
    event ReceiveLibrarySet(address receiver, uint32 eid, address newLib);
    event ReceiveLibraryTimeoutSet(address receiver, uint32 eid, address oldLib, uint256 timeout);

    function registerLibrary(address _lib) external;

    function isRegisteredLibrary(address _lib) external view returns (bool);

    function getRegisteredLibraries() external view returns (address[] memory);

    function setDefaultSendLibrary(uint32 _eid, address _newLib) external;

    function defaultSendLibrary(uint32 _eid) external view returns (address);

    function setDefaultReceiveLibrary(uint32 _eid, address _newLib, uint256 _timeout) external;

    function defaultReceiveLibrary(uint32 _eid) external view returns (address);

    function setDefaultReceiveLibraryTimeout(uint32 _eid, address _lib, uint256 _expiry) external;

    function defaultReceiveLibraryTimeout(uint32 _eid) external view returns (address lib, uint256 expiry);

    function isSupportedEid(uint32 _eid) external view returns (bool);

    function isValidReceiveLibrary(address _receiver, uint32 _eid, address _lib) external view returns (bool);

    /// ------------------- OApp interfaces -------------------
    function setSendLibrary(address _oapp, uint32 _eid, address _newLib) external;

    function getSendLibrary(address _sender, uint32 _eid) external view returns (address lib);

    function isDefaultSendLibrary(address _sender, uint32 _eid) external view returns (bool);

    function setReceiveLibrary(address _oapp, uint32 _eid, address _newLib, uint256 _gracePeriod) external;

    function getReceiveLibrary(address _receiver, uint32 _eid) external view returns (address lib, bool isDefault);

    function setReceiveLibraryTimeout(address _oapp, uint32 _eid, address _lib, uint256 _gracePeriod) external;

    function receiveLibraryTimeout(address _receiver, uint32 _eid) external view returns (address lib, uint256 expiry);

    function setConfig(address _oapp, address _lib, SetConfigParam[] calldata _params) external;

    function getConfig(
        address _oapp,
        address _lib,
        uint32 _eid,
        uint32 _configType
    ) external view returns (bytes memory config);
}
合同源代码
文件 51 的 113:IMessagingChannel.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

interface IMessagingChannel {
    event InboundNonceSkipped(uint32 srcEid, bytes32 sender, address receiver, uint64 nonce);
    event PacketNilified(uint32 srcEid, bytes32 sender, address receiver, uint64 nonce, bytes32 payloadHash);
    event PacketBurnt(uint32 srcEid, bytes32 sender, address receiver, uint64 nonce, bytes32 payloadHash);

    function eid() external view returns (uint32);

    // this is an emergency function if a message cannot be verified for some reasons
    // required to provide _nextNonce to avoid race condition
    function skip(address _oapp, uint32 _srcEid, bytes32 _sender, uint64 _nonce) external;

    function nilify(address _oapp, uint32 _srcEid, bytes32 _sender, uint64 _nonce, bytes32 _payloadHash) external;

    function burn(address _oapp, uint32 _srcEid, bytes32 _sender, uint64 _nonce, bytes32 _payloadHash) external;

    function nextGuid(address _sender, uint32 _dstEid, bytes32 _receiver) external view returns (bytes32);

    function inboundNonce(address _receiver, uint32 _srcEid, bytes32 _sender) external view returns (uint64);

    function outboundNonce(address _sender, uint32 _dstEid, bytes32 _receiver) external view returns (uint64);

    function inboundPayloadHash(
        address _receiver,
        uint32 _srcEid,
        bytes32 _sender,
        uint64 _nonce
    ) external view returns (bytes32);

    function lazyInboundNonce(address _receiver, uint32 _srcEid, bytes32 _sender) external view returns (uint64);
}
合同源代码
文件 52 的 113:IMessagingComposer.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

interface IMessagingComposer {
    event ComposeSent(address from, address to, bytes32 guid, uint16 index, bytes message);
    event ComposeDelivered(address from, address to, bytes32 guid, uint16 index);
    event LzComposeAlert(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        address indexed executor,
        bytes32 guid,
        uint16 index,
        uint256 gas,
        uint256 value,
        bytes message,
        bytes extraData,
        bytes reason
    );

    function composeQueue(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        bytes32 _guid,
        uint16 _index
    ) external view returns (bytes32 messageHash);

    function sendCompose(address _to, bytes32 _guid, uint16 _index, bytes calldata _message) external;

    function lzCompose(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        bytes32 _guid,
        uint16 _index,
        bytes calldata _message,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) external payable;
}
合同源代码
文件 53 的 113:IMessagingContext.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

interface IMessagingContext {
    function isSendingMessage() external view returns (bool);

    function getSendContext() external view returns (uint32 dstEid, address sender);
}
合同源代码
文件 54 的 113:IOAppCore.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ILayerZeroEndpointV2 } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/interfaces/ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol";

/**
 * @title IOAppCore
 */
interface IOAppCore {
    // Custom error messages
    error OnlyPeer(uint32 eid, bytes32 sender);
    error NoPeer(uint32 eid);
    error InvalidEndpointCall();
    error InvalidDelegate();

    // Event emitted when a peer (OApp) is set for a corresponding endpoint
    event PeerSet(uint32 eid, bytes32 peer);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol contract.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol contract.
     */
    function oAppVersion() external view returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the LayerZero endpoint associated with the OApp.
     * @return iEndpoint The LayerZero endpoint as an interface.
     */
    function endpoint() external view returns (ILayerZeroEndpointV2 iEndpoint);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the peer (OApp) associated with a corresponding endpoint.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @return peer The peer address (OApp instance) associated with the corresponding endpoint.
     */
    function peers(uint32 _eid) external view returns (bytes32 peer);

    /**
     * @notice Sets the peer address (OApp instance) for a corresponding endpoint.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _peer The address of the peer to be associated with the corresponding endpoint.
     */
    function setPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) external;

    /**
     * @notice Sets the delegate address for the OApp Core.
     * @param _delegate The address of the delegate to be set.
     */
    function setDelegate(address _delegate) external;
}
合同源代码
文件 55 的 113:IOAppMsgInspector.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @title IOAppMsgInspector
 * @dev Interface for the OApp Message Inspector, allowing examination of message and options contents.
 */
interface IOAppMsgInspector {
    // Custom error message for inspection failure
    error InspectionFailed(bytes message, bytes options);

    /**
     * @notice Allows the inspector to examine LayerZero message contents and optionally throw a revert if invalid.
     * @param _message The message payload to be inspected.
     * @param _options Additional options or parameters for inspection.
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the inspection passed (true) or failed (false).
     *
     * @dev Optionally done as a revert, OR use the boolean provided to handle the failure.
     */
    function inspect(bytes calldata _message, bytes calldata _options) external view returns (bool valid);
}
合同源代码
文件 56 的 113:IOAppOptionsType3.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Struct representing enforced option parameters.
 */
struct EnforcedOptionParam {
    uint32 eid; // Endpoint ID
    uint16 msgType; // Message Type
    bytes options; // Additional options
}

/**
 * @title IOAppOptionsType3
 * @dev Interface for the OApp with Type 3 Options, allowing the setting and combining of enforced options.
 */
interface IOAppOptionsType3 {
    // Custom error message for invalid options
    error InvalidOptions(bytes options);

    // Event emitted when enforced options are set
    event EnforcedOptionSet(EnforcedOptionParam[] _enforcedOptions);

    /**
     * @notice Sets enforced options for specific endpoint and message type combinations.
     * @param _enforcedOptions An array of EnforcedOptionParam structures specifying enforced options.
     */
    function setEnforcedOptions(EnforcedOptionParam[] calldata _enforcedOptions) external;

    /**
     * @notice Combines options for a given endpoint and message type.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _msgType The OApp message type.
     * @param _extraOptions Additional options passed by the caller.
     * @return options The combination of caller specified options AND enforced options.
     */
    function combineOptions(
        uint32 _eid,
        uint16 _msgType,
        bytes calldata _extraOptions
    ) external view returns (bytes memory options);
}
合同源代码
文件 57 的 113:IOAppPreCrimeSimulator.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

// @dev Import the Origin so it's exposed to OAppPreCrimeSimulator implementers.
// solhint-disable-next-line no-unused-import
import { InboundPacket, Origin } from "../libs/Packet.sol";

/**
 * @title IOAppPreCrimeSimulator Interface
 * @dev Interface for the preCrime simulation functionality in an OApp.
 */
interface IOAppPreCrimeSimulator {
    // @dev simulation result used in PreCrime implementation
    error SimulationResult(bytes result);
    error OnlySelf();

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the preCrime contract address is set.
     * @param preCrimeAddress The address of the preCrime contract.
     */
    event PreCrimeSet(address preCrimeAddress);

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the address of the preCrime contract implementation.
     * @return The address of the preCrime contract.
     */
    function preCrime() external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the address of the OApp contract.
     * @return The address of the OApp contract.
     */
    function oApp() external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Sets the preCrime contract address.
     * @param _preCrime The address of the preCrime contract.
     */
    function setPreCrime(address _preCrime) external;

    /**
     * @dev Mocks receiving a packet, then reverts with a series of data to infer the state/result.
     * @param _packets An array of LayerZero InboundPacket objects representing received packets.
     */
    function lzReceiveAndRevert(InboundPacket[] calldata _packets) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev checks if the specified peer is considered 'trusted' by the OApp.
     * @param _eid The endpoint Id to check.
     * @param _peer The peer to check.
     * @return Whether the peer passed is considered 'trusted' by the OApp.
     */
    function isPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) external view returns (bool);
}
合同源代码
文件 58 的 113:IOAppReceiver.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ILayerZeroReceiver, Origin } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/interfaces/ILayerZeroReceiver.sol";

interface IOAppReceiver is ILayerZeroReceiver {
    /**
     * @notice Indicates whether an address is an approved composeMsg sender to the Endpoint.
     * @param _origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address on the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the message.
     * @param _message The lzReceive payload.
     * @param _sender The sender address.
     * @return isSender Is a valid sender.
     *
     * @dev Applications can optionally choose to implement a separate composeMsg sender that is NOT the bridging layer.
     * @dev The default sender IS the OAppReceiver implementer.
     */
    function isComposeMsgSender(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _sender
    ) external view returns (bool isSender);
}
合同源代码
文件 59 的 113:IOFT.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { MessagingReceipt, MessagingFee } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/OAppSender.sol";

/**
 * @dev Struct representing token parameters for the OFT send() operation.
 */
struct SendParam {
    uint32 dstEid; // Destination endpoint ID.
    bytes32 to; // Recipient address.
    uint256 amountLD; // Amount to send in local decimals.
    uint256 minAmountLD; // Minimum amount to send in local decimals.
    bytes extraOptions; // Additional options supplied by the caller to be used in the LayerZero message.
    bytes composeMsg; // The composed message for the send() operation.
    bytes oftCmd; // The OFT command to be executed, unused in default OFT implementations.
}

/**
 * @dev Struct representing OFT limit information.
 * @dev These amounts can change dynamically and are up the specific oft implementation.
 */
struct OFTLimit {
    uint256 minAmountLD; // Minimum amount in local decimals that can be sent to the recipient.
    uint256 maxAmountLD; // Maximum amount in local decimals that can be sent to the recipient.
}

/**
 * @dev Struct representing OFT receipt information.
 */
struct OFTReceipt {
    uint256 amountSentLD; // Amount of tokens ACTUALLY debited from the sender in local decimals.
    // @dev In non-default implementations, the amountReceivedLD COULD differ from this value.
    uint256 amountReceivedLD; // Amount of tokens to be received on the remote side.
}

/**
 * @dev Struct representing OFT fee details.
 * @dev Future proof mechanism to provide a standardized way to communicate fees to things like a UI.
 */
struct OFTFeeDetail {
    int256 feeAmountLD; // Amount of the fee in local decimals.
    string description; // Description of the fee.
}

/**
 * @title IOFT
 * @dev Interface for the OftChain (OFT) token.
 * @dev Does not inherit ERC20 to accommodate usage by OFTAdapter as well.
 * @dev This specific interface ID is '0x02e49c2c'.
 */
interface IOFT {
    // Custom error messages
    error InvalidLocalDecimals();
    error SlippageExceeded(uint256 amountLD, uint256 minAmountLD);

    // Events
    event OFTSent(
        bytes32 indexed guid, // GUID of the OFT message.
        uint32 dstEid, // Destination Endpoint ID.
        address indexed fromAddress, // Address of the sender on the src chain.
        uint256 amountSentLD, // Amount of tokens sent in local decimals.
        uint256 amountReceivedLD // Amount of tokens received in local decimals.
    );
    event OFTReceived(
        bytes32 indexed guid, // GUID of the OFT message.
        uint32 srcEid, // Source Endpoint ID.
        address indexed toAddress, // Address of the recipient on the dst chain.
        uint256 amountReceivedLD // Amount of tokens received in local decimals.
    );

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves interfaceID and the version of the OFT.
     * @return interfaceId The interface ID.
     * @return version The version.
     *
     * @dev interfaceId: This specific interface ID is '0x02e49c2c'.
     * @dev version: Indicates a cross-chain compatible msg encoding with other OFTs.
     * @dev If a new feature is added to the OFT cross-chain msg encoding, the version will be incremented.
     * ie. localOFT version(x,1) CAN send messages to remoteOFT version(x,1)
     */
    function oftVersion() external view returns (bytes4 interfaceId, uint64 version);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the address of the token associated with the OFT.
     * @return token The address of the ERC20 token implementation.
     */
    function token() external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Indicates whether the OFT contract requires approval of the 'token()' to send.
     * @return requiresApproval Needs approval of the underlying token implementation.
     *
     * @dev Allows things like wallet implementers to determine integration requirements,
     * without understanding the underlying token implementation.
     */
    function approvalRequired() external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the shared decimals of the OFT.
     * @return sharedDecimals The shared decimals of the OFT.
     */
    function sharedDecimals() external view returns (uint8);

    /**
     * @notice Provides the fee breakdown and settings data for an OFT. Unused in the default implementation.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send operation.
     * @return limit The OFT limit information.
     * @return oftFeeDetails The details of OFT fees.
     * @return receipt The OFT receipt information.
     */
    function quoteOFT(
        SendParam calldata _sendParam
    ) external view returns (OFTLimit memory, OFTFeeDetail[] memory oftFeeDetails, OFTReceipt memory);

    /**
     * @notice Provides a quote for the send() operation.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send() operation.
     * @param _payInLzToken Flag indicating whether the caller is paying in the LZ token.
     * @return fee The calculated LayerZero messaging fee from the send() operation.
     *
     * @dev MessagingFee: LayerZero msg fee
     *  - nativeFee: The native fee.
     *  - lzTokenFee: The lzToken fee.
     */
    function quoteSend(SendParam calldata _sendParam, bool _payInLzToken) external view returns (MessagingFee memory);

    /**
     * @notice Executes the send() operation.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send operation.
     * @param _fee The fee information supplied by the caller.
     *      - nativeFee: The native fee.
     *      - lzTokenFee: The lzToken fee.
     * @param _refundAddress The address to receive any excess funds from fees etc. on the src.
     * @return receipt The LayerZero messaging receipt from the send() operation.
     * @return oftReceipt The OFT receipt information.
     *
     * @dev MessagingReceipt: LayerZero msg receipt
     *  - guid: The unique identifier for the sent message.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the sent message.
     *  - fee: The LayerZero fee incurred for the message.
     */
    function send(
        SendParam calldata _sendParam,
        MessagingFee calldata _fee,
        address _refundAddress
    ) external payable returns (MessagingReceipt memory, OFTReceipt memory);
}
合同源代码
文件 60 的 113:IPoolSwapStructs.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "../solidity-utils/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

import "./IVault.sol";

interface IPoolSwapStructs {
    // This is not really an interface - it just defines common structs used by other interfaces: IGeneralPool and
    // IMinimalSwapInfoPool.
    //
    // This data structure represents a request for a token swap, where `kind` indicates the swap type ('given in' or
    // 'given out') which indicates whether or not the amount sent by the pool is known.
    //
    // The pool receives `tokenIn` and sends `tokenOut`. `amount` is the number of `tokenIn` tokens the pool will take
    // in, or the number of `tokenOut` tokens the Pool will send out, depending on the given swap `kind`.
    //
    // All other fields are not strictly necessary for most swaps, but are provided to support advanced scenarios in
    // some Pools.
    //
    // `poolId` is the ID of the Pool involved in the swap - this is useful for Pool contracts that implement more than
    // one Pool.
    //
    // The meaning of `lastChangeBlock` depends on the Pool specialization:
    //  - Two Token or Minimal Swap Info: the last block in which either `tokenIn` or `tokenOut` changed its total
    //    balance.
    //  - General: the last block in which *any* of the Pool's registered tokens changed its total balance.
    //
    // `from` is the origin address for the funds the Pool receives, and `to` is the destination address
    // where the Pool sends the outgoing tokens.
    //
    // `userData` is extra data provided by the caller - typically a signature from a trusted party.
    struct SwapRequest {
        IVault.SwapKind kind;
        IERC20 tokenIn;
        IERC20 tokenOut;
        uint256 amount;
        // Misc data
        bytes32 poolId;
        uint256 lastChangeBlock;
        address from;
        address to;
        bytes userData;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 61 的 113:IPreCrime.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
struct PreCrimePeer {
    uint32 eid;
    bytes32 preCrime;
    bytes32 oApp;
}

// TODO not done yet
interface IPreCrime {
    error OnlyOffChain();

    // for simulate()
    error PacketOversize(uint256 max, uint256 actual);
    error PacketUnsorted();
    error SimulationFailed(bytes reason);

    // for preCrime()
    error SimulationResultNotFound(uint32 eid);
    error InvalidSimulationResult(uint32 eid, bytes reason);
    error CrimeFound(bytes crime);

    function getConfig(bytes[] calldata _packets, uint256[] calldata _packetMsgValues) external returns (bytes memory);

    function simulate(
        bytes[] calldata _packets,
        uint256[] calldata _packetMsgValues
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory);

    function buildSimulationResult() external view returns (bytes memory);

    function preCrime(
        bytes[] calldata _packets,
        uint256[] calldata _packetMsgValues,
        bytes[] calldata _simulations
    ) external;

    function version() external view returns (uint64 major, uint8 minor);
}
合同源代码
文件 62 的 113:IProtocolFeesCollector.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "../solidity-utils/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

import "./IVault.sol";
import "./IAuthorizer.sol";

interface IProtocolFeesCollector {
    event SwapFeePercentageChanged(uint256 newSwapFeePercentage);
    event FlashLoanFeePercentageChanged(uint256 newFlashLoanFeePercentage);

    function withdrawCollectedFees(
        IERC20[] calldata tokens,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        address recipient
    ) external;

    function setSwapFeePercentage(uint256 newSwapFeePercentage) external;

    function setFlashLoanFeePercentage(uint256 newFlashLoanFeePercentage) external;

    function getSwapFeePercentage() external view returns (uint256);

    function getFlashLoanFeePercentage() external view returns (uint256);

    function getCollectedFeeAmounts(IERC20[] memory tokens) external view returns (uint256[] memory feeAmounts);

    function getAuthorizer() external view returns (IAuthorizer);

    function vault() external view returns (IVault);
}
合同源代码
文件 63 的 113:IRouterClient.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import {Client} from "../libraries/Client.sol";

interface IRouterClient {
  error UnsupportedDestinationChain(uint64 destChainSelector);
  error InsufficientFeeTokenAmount();
  error InvalidMsgValue();

  /// @notice Checks if the given chain ID is supported for sending/receiving.
  /// @param destChainSelector The chain to check.
  /// @return supported is true if it is supported, false if not.
  function isChainSupported(
    uint64 destChainSelector
  ) external view returns (bool supported);

  /// @param destinationChainSelector The destination chainSelector.
  /// @param message The cross-chain CCIP message including data and/or tokens.
  /// @return fee returns execution fee for the message.
  /// delivery to destination chain, denominated in the feeToken specified in the message.
  /// @dev Reverts with appropriate reason upon invalid message.
  function getFee(
    uint64 destinationChainSelector,
    Client.EVM2AnyMessage memory message
  ) external view returns (uint256 fee);

  /// @notice Request a message to be sent to the destination chain.
  /// @param destinationChainSelector The destination chain ID.
  /// @param message The cross-chain CCIP message including data and/or tokens.
  /// @return messageId The message ID.
  /// @dev Note if msg.value is larger than the required fee (from getFee) we accept.
  /// the overpayment with no refund.
  /// @dev Reverts with appropriate reason upon invalid message.
  function ccipSend(
    uint64 destinationChainSelector,
    Client.EVM2AnyMessage calldata message
  ) external payable returns (bytes32);
}
合同源代码
文件 64 的 113:ISendLib.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

import { MessagingFee } from "./ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol";
import { IMessageLib } from "./IMessageLib.sol";

struct Packet {
    uint64 nonce;
    uint32 srcEid;
    address sender;
    uint32 dstEid;
    bytes32 receiver;
    bytes32 guid;
    bytes message;
}

interface ISendLib is IMessageLib {
    function send(
        Packet calldata _packet,
        bytes calldata _options,
        bool _payInLzToken
    ) external returns (MessagingFee memory, bytes memory encodedPacket);

    function quote(
        Packet calldata _packet,
        bytes calldata _options,
        bool _payInLzToken
    ) external view returns (MessagingFee memory);

    function setTreasury(address _treasury) external;

    function withdrawFee(address _to, uint256 _amount) external;

    function withdrawLzTokenFee(address _lzToken, address _to, uint256 _amount) external;
}
合同源代码
文件 65 的 113:ISignaturesValidator.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface for the SignatureValidator helper, used to support meta-transactions.
 */
interface ISignaturesValidator {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the EIP712 domain separator.
     */
    function getDomainSeparator() external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next nonce used by an address to sign messages.
     */
    function getNextNonce(address user) external view returns (uint256);
}
合同源代码
文件 66 的 113:ITemporarilyPausable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface for the TemporarilyPausable helper.
 */
interface ITemporarilyPausable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted every time the pause state changes by `_setPaused`.
     */
    event PausedStateChanged(bool paused);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current paused state.
     */
    function getPausedState()
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool paused,
            uint256 pauseWindowEndTime,
            uint256 bufferPeriodEndTime
        );
}
合同源代码
文件 67 的 113:IVault.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "../solidity-utils/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";
import "../solidity-utils/helpers/IAuthentication.sol";
import "../solidity-utils/helpers/ISignaturesValidator.sol";
import "../solidity-utils/helpers/ITemporarilyPausable.sol";
import "../solidity-utils/misc/IWETH.sol";

import "./IAsset.sol";
import "./IAuthorizer.sol";
import "./IFlashLoanRecipient.sol";
import "./IProtocolFeesCollector.sol";

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @dev Full external interface for the Vault core contract - no external or public methods exist in the contract that
 * don't override one of these declarations.
 */
interface IVault is ISignaturesValidator, ITemporarilyPausable, IAuthentication {
    // Generalities about the Vault:
    //
    // - Whenever documentation refers to 'tokens', it strictly refers to ERC20-compliant token contracts. Tokens are
    // transferred out of the Vault by calling the `IERC20.transfer` function, and transferred in by calling
    // `IERC20.transferFrom`. In these cases, the sender must have previously allowed the Vault to use their tokens by
    // calling `IERC20.approve`. The only deviation from the ERC20 standard that is supported is functions not returning
    // a boolean value: in these scenarios, a non-reverting call is assumed to be successful.
    //
    // - All non-view functions in the Vault are non-reentrant: calling them while another one is mid-execution (e.g.
    // while execution control is transferred to a token contract during a swap) will result in a revert. View
    // functions can be called in a re-reentrant way, but doing so might cause them to return inconsistent results.
    // Contracts calling view functions in the Vault must make sure the Vault has not already been entered.
    //
    // - View functions revert if referring to either unregistered Pools, or unregistered tokens for registered Pools.

    // Authorizer
    //
    // Some system actions are permissioned, like setting and collecting protocol fees. This permissioning system exists
    // outside of the Vault in the Authorizer contract: the Vault simply calls the Authorizer to check if the caller
    // can perform a given action.

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Vault's Authorizer.
     */
    function getAuthorizer() external view returns (IAuthorizer);

    /**
     * @dev Sets a new Authorizer for the Vault. The caller must be allowed by the current Authorizer to do this.
     *
     * Emits an `AuthorizerChanged` event.
     */
    function setAuthorizer(IAuthorizer newAuthorizer) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a new authorizer is set by `setAuthorizer`.
     */
    event AuthorizerChanged(IAuthorizer indexed newAuthorizer);

    // Relayers
    //
    // Additionally, it is possible for an account to perform certain actions on behalf of another one, using their
    // Vault ERC20 allowance and Internal Balance. These accounts are said to be 'relayers' for these Vault functions,
    // and are expected to be smart contracts with sound authentication mechanisms. For an account to be able to wield
    // this power, two things must occur:
    //  - The Authorizer must grant the account the permission to be a relayer for the relevant Vault function. This
    //    means that Balancer governance must approve each individual contract to act as a relayer for the intended
    //    functions.
    //  - Each user must approve the relayer to act on their behalf.
    // This double protection means users cannot be tricked into approving malicious relayers (because they will not
    // have been allowed by the Authorizer via governance), nor can malicious relayers approved by a compromised
    // Authorizer or governance drain user funds, since they would also need to be approved by each individual user.

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `user` has approved `relayer` to act as a relayer for them.
     */
    function hasApprovedRelayer(address user, address relayer) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Allows `relayer` to act as a relayer for `sender` if `approved` is true, and disallows it otherwise.
     *
     * Emits a `RelayerApprovalChanged` event.
     */
    function setRelayerApproval(
        address sender,
        address relayer,
        bool approved
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted every time a relayer is approved or disapproved by `setRelayerApproval`.
     */
    event RelayerApprovalChanged(address indexed relayer, address indexed sender, bool approved);

    // Internal Balance
    //
    // Users can deposit tokens into the Vault, where they are allocated to their Internal Balance, and later
    // transferred or withdrawn. It can also be used as a source of tokens when joining Pools, as a destination
    // when exiting them, and as either when performing swaps. This usage of Internal Balance results in greatly reduced
    // gas costs when compared to relying on plain ERC20 transfers, leading to large savings for frequent users.
    //
    // Internal Balance management features batching, which means a single contract call can be used to perform multiple
    // operations of different kinds, with different senders and recipients, at once.

    /**
     * @dev Returns `user`'s Internal Balance for a set of tokens.
     */
    function getInternalBalance(address user, IERC20[] memory tokens) external view returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Performs a set of user balance operations, which involve Internal Balance (deposit, withdraw or transfer)
     * and plain ERC20 transfers using the Vault's allowance. This last feature is particularly useful for relayers, as
     * it lets integrators reuse a user's Vault allowance.
     *
     * For each operation, if the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     */
    function manageUserBalance(UserBalanceOp[] memory ops) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Data for `manageUserBalance` operations, which include the possibility for ETH to be sent and received
     without manual WETH wrapping or unwrapping.
     */
    struct UserBalanceOp {
        UserBalanceOpKind kind;
        IAsset asset;
        uint256 amount;
        address sender;
        address payable recipient;
    }

    // There are four possible operations in `manageUserBalance`:
    //
    // - DEPOSIT_INTERNAL
    // Increases the Internal Balance of the `recipient` account by transferring tokens from the corresponding
    // `sender`. The sender must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`.
    //
    // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset and forwarding ETH in the call: it will be wrapped
    // and deposited as WETH. Any ETH amount remaining will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is
    // relevant for relayers).
    //
    // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
    //
    //
    // - WITHDRAW_INTERNAL
    // Decreases the Internal Balance of the `sender` account by transferring tokens to the `recipient`.
    //
    // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset. This will deduct WETH instead, unwrap it and send
    // it to the recipient as ETH.
    //
    // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
    //
    //
    // - TRANSFER_INTERNAL
    // Transfers tokens from the Internal Balance of the `sender` account to the Internal Balance of `recipient`.
    //
    // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
    //
    // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
    //
    //
    // - TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
    // Transfers tokens from `sender` to `recipient`, using the Vault's ERC20 allowance. This is typically used by
    // relayers, as it lets them reuse a user's Vault allowance.
    //
    // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
    //
    // Emits an `ExternalBalanceTransfer` event.

    enum UserBalanceOpKind { DEPOSIT_INTERNAL, WITHDRAW_INTERNAL, TRANSFER_INTERNAL, TRANSFER_EXTERNAL }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a user's Internal Balance changes, either from calls to `manageUserBalance`, or through
     * interacting with Pools using Internal Balance.
     *
     * Because Internal Balance works exclusively with ERC20 tokens, ETH deposits and withdrawals will use the WETH
     * address.
     */
    event InternalBalanceChanged(address indexed user, IERC20 indexed token, int256 delta);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a user's Vault ERC20 allowance is used by the Vault to transfer tokens to an external account.
     */
    event ExternalBalanceTransfer(IERC20 indexed token, address indexed sender, address recipient, uint256 amount);

    // Pools
    //
    // There are three specialization settings for Pools, which allow for cheaper swaps at the cost of reduced
    // functionality:
    //
    //  - General: no specialization, suited for all Pools. IGeneralPool is used for swap request callbacks, passing the
    // balance of all tokens in the Pool. These Pools have the largest swap costs (because of the extra storage reads),
    // which increase with the number of registered tokens.
    //
    //  - Minimal Swap Info: IMinimalSwapInfoPool is used instead of IGeneralPool, which saves gas by only passing the
    // balance of the two tokens involved in the swap. This is suitable for some pricing algorithms, like the weighted
    // constant product one popularized by Balancer V1. Swap costs are smaller compared to general Pools, and are
    // independent of the number of registered tokens.
    //
    //  - Two Token: only allows two tokens to be registered. This achieves the lowest possible swap gas cost. Like
    // minimal swap info Pools, these are called via IMinimalSwapInfoPool.

    enum PoolSpecialization { GENERAL, MINIMAL_SWAP_INFO, TWO_TOKEN }

    /**
     * @dev Registers the caller account as a Pool with a given specialization setting. Returns the Pool's ID, which
     * is used in all Pool-related functions. Pools cannot be deregistered, nor can the Pool's specialization be
     * changed.
     *
     * The caller is expected to be a smart contract that implements either `IGeneralPool` or `IMinimalSwapInfoPool`,
     * depending on the chosen specialization setting. This contract is known as the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Note that the same contract may register itself as multiple Pools with unique Pool IDs, or in other words,
     * multiple Pools may share the same contract.
     *
     * Emits a `PoolRegistered` event.
     */
    function registerPool(PoolSpecialization specialization) external returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool is registered by calling `registerPool`.
     */
    event PoolRegistered(bytes32 indexed poolId, address indexed poolAddress, PoolSpecialization specialization);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a Pool's contract address and specialization setting.
     */
    function getPool(bytes32 poolId) external view returns (address, PoolSpecialization);

    /**
     * @dev Registers `tokens` for the `poolId` Pool. Must be called by the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Pools can only interact with tokens they have registered. Users join a Pool by transferring registered tokens,
     * exit by receiving registered tokens, and can only swap registered tokens.
     *
     * Each token can only be registered once. For Pools with the Two Token specialization, `tokens` must have a length
     * of two, that is, both tokens must be registered in the same `registerTokens` call, and they must be sorted in
     * ascending order.
     *
     * The `tokens` and `assetManagers` arrays must have the same length, and each entry in these indicates the Asset
     * Manager for the corresponding token. Asset Managers can manage a Pool's tokens via `managePoolBalance`,
     * depositing and withdrawing them directly, and can even set their balance to arbitrary amounts. They are therefore
     * expected to be highly secured smart contracts with sound design principles, and the decision to register an
     * Asset Manager should not be made lightly.
     *
     * Pools can choose not to assign an Asset Manager to a given token by passing in the zero address. Once an Asset
     * Manager is set, it cannot be changed except by deregistering the associated token and registering again with a
     * different Asset Manager.
     *
     * Emits a `TokensRegistered` event.
     */
    function registerTokens(
        bytes32 poolId,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        address[] memory assetManagers
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool registers tokens by calling `registerTokens`.
     */
    event TokensRegistered(bytes32 indexed poolId, IERC20[] tokens, address[] assetManagers);

    /**
     * @dev Deregisters `tokens` for the `poolId` Pool. Must be called by the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Only registered tokens (via `registerTokens`) can be deregistered. Additionally, they must have zero total
     * balance. For Pools with the Two Token specialization, `tokens` must have a length of two, that is, both tokens
     * must be deregistered in the same `deregisterTokens` call.
     *
     * A deregistered token can be re-registered later on, possibly with a different Asset Manager.
     *
     * Emits a `TokensDeregistered` event.
     */
    function deregisterTokens(bytes32 poolId, IERC20[] memory tokens) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool deregisters tokens by calling `deregisterTokens`.
     */
    event TokensDeregistered(bytes32 indexed poolId, IERC20[] tokens);

    /**
     * @dev Returns detailed information for a Pool's registered token.
     *
     * `cash` is the number of tokens the Vault currently holds for the Pool. `managed` is the number of tokens
     * withdrawn and held outside the Vault by the Pool's token Asset Manager. The Pool's total balance for `token`
     * equals the sum of `cash` and `managed`.
     *
     * Internally, `cash` and `managed` are stored using 112 bits. No action can ever cause a Pool's token `cash`,
     * `managed` or `total` balance to be greater than 2^112 - 1.
     *
     * `lastChangeBlock` is the number of the block in which `token`'s total balance was last modified (via either a
     * join, exit, swap, or Asset Manager update). This value is useful to avoid so-called 'sandwich attacks', for
     * example when developing price oracles. A change of zero (e.g. caused by a swap with amount zero) is considered a
     * change for this purpose, and will update `lastChangeBlock`.
     *
     * `assetManager` is the Pool's token Asset Manager.
     */
    function getPoolTokenInfo(bytes32 poolId, IERC20 token)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 cash,
            uint256 managed,
            uint256 lastChangeBlock,
            address assetManager
        );

    /**
     * @dev Returns a Pool's registered tokens, the total balance for each, and the latest block when *any* of
     * the tokens' `balances` changed.
     *
     * The order of the `tokens` array is the same order that will be used in `joinPool`, `exitPool`, as well as in all
     * Pool hooks (where applicable). Calls to `registerTokens` and `deregisterTokens` may change this order.
     *
     * If a Pool only registers tokens once, and these are sorted in ascending order, they will be stored in the same
     * order as passed to `registerTokens`.
     *
     * Total balances include both tokens held by the Vault and those withdrawn by the Pool's Asset Managers. These are
     * the amounts used by joins, exits and swaps. For a detailed breakdown of token balances, use `getPoolTokenInfo`
     * instead.
     */
    function getPoolTokens(bytes32 poolId)
        external
        view
        returns (
            IERC20[] memory tokens,
            uint256[] memory balances,
            uint256 lastChangeBlock
        );

    /**
     * @dev Called by users to join a Pool, which transfers tokens from `sender` into the Pool's balance. This will
     * trigger custom Pool behavior, which will typically grant something in return to `recipient` - often tokenized
     * Pool shares.
     *
     * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     *
     * The `assets` and `maxAmountsIn` arrays must have the same length, and each entry indicates the maximum amount
     * to send for each asset. The amounts to send are decided by the Pool and not the Vault: it just enforces
     * these maximums.
     *
     * If joining a Pool that holds WETH, it is possible to send ETH directly: the Vault will do the wrapping. To enable
     * this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be passed in the `assets` array instead of the
     * WETH address. Note that it is not possible to combine ETH and WETH in the same join. Any excess ETH will be sent
     * back to the caller (not the sender, which is important for relayers).
     *
     * `assets` must have the same length and order as the array returned by `getPoolTokens`. This prevents issues when
     * interacting with Pools that register and deregister tokens frequently. If sending ETH however, the array must be
     * sorted *before* replacing the WETH address with the ETH sentinel value (the zero address), which means the final
     * `assets` array might not be sorted. Pools with no registered tokens cannot be joined.
     *
     * If `fromInternalBalance` is true, the caller's Internal Balance will be preferred: ERC20 transfers will only
     * be made for the difference between the requested amount and Internal Balance (if any). Note that ETH cannot be
     * withdrawn from Internal Balance: attempting to do so will trigger a revert.
     *
     * This causes the Vault to call the `IBasePool.onJoinPool` hook on the Pool's contract, where Pools implement
     * their own custom logic. This typically requires additional information from the user (such as the expected number
     * of Pool shares). This can be encoded in the `userData` argument, which is ignored by the Vault and passed
     * directly to the Pool's contract, as is `recipient`.
     *
     * Emits a `PoolBalanceChanged` event.
     */
    function joinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        JoinPoolRequest memory request
    ) external payable;

    struct JoinPoolRequest {
        IAsset[] assets;
        uint256[] maxAmountsIn;
        bytes userData;
        bool fromInternalBalance;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Called by users to exit a Pool, which transfers tokens from the Pool's balance to `recipient`. This will
     * trigger custom Pool behavior, which will typically ask for something in return from `sender` - often tokenized
     * Pool shares. The amount of tokens that can be withdrawn is limited by the Pool's `cash` balance (see
     * `getPoolTokenInfo`).
     *
     * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     *
     * The `tokens` and `minAmountsOut` arrays must have the same length, and each entry in these indicates the minimum
     * token amount to receive for each token contract. The amounts to send are decided by the Pool and not the Vault:
     * it just enforces these minimums.
     *
     * If exiting a Pool that holds WETH, it is possible to receive ETH directly: the Vault will do the unwrapping. To
     * enable this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be passed in the `assets` array instead
     * of the WETH address. Note that it is not possible to combine ETH and WETH in the same exit.
     *
     * `assets` must have the same length and order as the array returned by `getPoolTokens`. This prevents issues when
     * interacting with Pools that register and deregister tokens frequently. If receiving ETH however, the array must
     * be sorted *before* replacing the WETH address with the ETH sentinel value (the zero address), which means the
     * final `assets` array might not be sorted. Pools with no registered tokens cannot be exited.
     *
     * If `toInternalBalance` is true, the tokens will be deposited to `recipient`'s Internal Balance. Otherwise,
     * an ERC20 transfer will be performed. Note that ETH cannot be deposited to Internal Balance: attempting to
     * do so will trigger a revert.
     *
     * `minAmountsOut` is the minimum amount of tokens the user expects to get out of the Pool, for each token in the
     * `tokens` array. This array must match the Pool's registered tokens.
     *
     * This causes the Vault to call the `IBasePool.onExitPool` hook on the Pool's contract, where Pools implement
     * their own custom logic. This typically requires additional information from the user (such as the expected number
     * of Pool shares to return). This can be encoded in the `userData` argument, which is ignored by the Vault and
     * passed directly to the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Emits a `PoolBalanceChanged` event.
     */
    function exitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address payable recipient,
        ExitPoolRequest memory request
    ) external;

    struct ExitPoolRequest {
        IAsset[] assets;
        uint256[] minAmountsOut;
        bytes userData;
        bool toInternalBalance;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a user joins or exits a Pool by calling `joinPool` or `exitPool`, respectively.
     */
    event PoolBalanceChanged(
        bytes32 indexed poolId,
        address indexed liquidityProvider,
        IERC20[] tokens,
        int256[] deltas,
        uint256[] protocolFeeAmounts
    );

    enum PoolBalanceChangeKind { JOIN, EXIT }

    // Swaps
    //
    // Users can swap tokens with Pools by calling the `swap` and `batchSwap` functions. To do this,
    // they need not trust Pool contracts in any way: all security checks are made by the Vault. They must however be
    // aware of the Pools' pricing algorithms in order to estimate the prices Pools will quote.
    //
    // The `swap` function executes a single swap, while `batchSwap` can perform multiple swaps in sequence.
    // In each individual swap, tokens of one kind are sent from the sender to the Pool (this is the 'token in'),
    // and tokens of another kind are sent from the Pool to the recipient in exchange (this is the 'token out').
    // More complex swaps, such as one token in to multiple tokens out can be achieved by batching together
    // individual swaps.
    //
    // There are two swap kinds:
    //  - 'given in' swaps, where the amount of tokens in (sent to the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines (via the
    // `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens out (to send to the recipient).
    //  - 'given out' swaps, where the amount of tokens out (received from the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines
    // (via the `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens in (to receive from the sender).
    //
    // Additionally, it is possible to chain swaps using a placeholder input amount, which the Vault replaces with
    // the calculated output of the previous swap. If the previous swap was 'given in', this will be the calculated
    // tokenOut amount. If the previous swap was 'given out', it will use the calculated tokenIn amount. These extended
    // swaps are known as 'multihop' swaps, since they 'hop' through a number of intermediate tokens before arriving at
    // the final intended token.
    //
    // In all cases, tokens are only transferred in and out of the Vault (or withdrawn from and deposited into Internal
    // Balance) after all individual swaps have been completed, and the net token balance change computed. This makes
    // certain swap patterns, such as multihops, or swaps that interact with the same token pair in multiple Pools, cost
    // much less gas than they would otherwise.
    //
    // It also means that under certain conditions it is possible to perform arbitrage by swapping with multiple
    // Pools in a way that results in net token movement out of the Vault (profit), with no tokens being sent in (only
    // updating the Pool's internal accounting).
    //
    // To protect users from front-running or the market changing rapidly, they supply a list of 'limits' for each token
    // involved in the swap, where either the maximum number of tokens to send (by passing a positive value) or the
    // minimum amount of tokens to receive (by passing a negative value) is specified.
    //
    // Additionally, a 'deadline' timestamp can also be provided, forcing the swap to fail if it occurs after
    // this point in time (e.g. if the transaction failed to be included in a block promptly).
    //
    // If interacting with Pools that hold WETH, it is possible to both send and receive ETH directly: the Vault will do
    // the wrapping and unwrapping. To enable this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be
    // passed in the `assets` array instead of the WETH address. Note that it is possible to combine ETH and WETH in the
    // same swap. Any excess ETH will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is relevant for relayers).
    //
    // Finally, Internal Balance can be used when either sending or receiving tokens.

    enum SwapKind { GIVEN_IN, GIVEN_OUT }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a swap with a single Pool.
     *
     * If the swap is 'given in' (the number of tokens to send to the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
     * taken from the Pool, which must be greater than or equal to `limit`.
     *
     * If the swap is 'given out' (the number of tokens to take from the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
     * sent to the Pool, which must be less than or equal to `limit`.
     *
     * Internal Balance usage and the recipient are determined by the `funds` struct.
     *
     * Emits a `Swap` event.
     */
    function swap(
        SingleSwap memory singleSwap,
        FundManagement memory funds,
        uint256 limit,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Data for a single swap executed by `swap`. `amount` is either `amountIn` or `amountOut` depending on
     * the `kind` value.
     *
     * `assetIn` and `assetOut` are either token addresses, or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address).
     * Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
     *
     * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
     * used to extend swap behavior.
     */
    struct SingleSwap {
        bytes32 poolId;
        SwapKind kind;
        IAsset assetIn;
        IAsset assetOut;
        uint256 amount;
        bytes userData;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a series of swaps with one or multiple Pools. In each individual swap, the caller determines either
     * the amount of tokens sent to or received from the Pool, depending on the `kind` value.
     *
     * Returns an array with the net Vault asset balance deltas. Positive amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent to the
     * Vault, and negative amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent by the Vault. Each delta corresponds to the asset at
     * the same index in the `assets` array.
     *
     * Swaps are executed sequentially, in the order specified by the `swaps` array. Each array element describes a
     * Pool, the token to be sent to this Pool, the token to receive from it, and an amount that is either `amountIn` or
     * `amountOut` depending on the swap kind.
     *
     * Multihop swaps can be executed by passing an `amount` value of zero for a swap. This will cause the amount in/out
     * of the previous swap to be used as the amount in for the current one. In a 'given in' swap, 'tokenIn' must equal
     * the previous swap's `tokenOut`. For a 'given out' swap, `tokenOut` must equal the previous swap's `tokenIn`.
     *
     * The `assets` array contains the addresses of all assets involved in the swaps. These are either token addresses,
     * or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address). Each entry in the `swaps` array specifies tokens in and
     * out by referencing an index in `assets`. Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to
     * or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
     *
     * Internal Balance usage, sender, and recipient are determined by the `funds` struct. The `limits` array specifies
     * the minimum or maximum amount of each token the vault is allowed to transfer.
     *
     * `batchSwap` can be used to make a single swap, like `swap` does, but doing so requires more gas than the
     * equivalent `swap` call.
     *
     * Emits `Swap` events.
     */
    function batchSwap(
        SwapKind kind,
        BatchSwapStep[] memory swaps,
        IAsset[] memory assets,
        FundManagement memory funds,
        int256[] memory limits,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable returns (int256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Data for each individual swap executed by `batchSwap`. The asset in and out fields are indexes into the
     * `assets` array passed to that function, and ETH assets are converted to WETH.
     *
     * If `amount` is zero, the multihop mechanism is used to determine the actual amount based on the amount in/out
     * from the previous swap, depending on the swap kind.
     *
     * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
     * used to extend swap behavior.
     */
    struct BatchSwapStep {
        bytes32 poolId;
        uint256 assetInIndex;
        uint256 assetOutIndex;
        uint256 amount;
        bytes userData;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted for each individual swap performed by `swap` or `batchSwap`.
     */
    event Swap(
        bytes32 indexed poolId,
        IERC20 indexed tokenIn,
        IERC20 indexed tokenOut,
        uint256 amountIn,
        uint256 amountOut
    );

    /**
     * @dev All tokens in a swap are either sent from the `sender` account to the Vault, or from the Vault to the
     * `recipient` account.
     *
     * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     *
     * If `fromInternalBalance` is true, the `sender`'s Internal Balance will be preferred, performing an ERC20
     * transfer for the difference between the requested amount and the User's Internal Balance (if any). The `sender`
     * must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`. This matches the behavior of
     * `joinPool`.
     *
     * If `toInternalBalance` is true, tokens will be deposited to `recipient`'s internal balance instead of
     * transferred. This matches the behavior of `exitPool`.
     *
     * Note that ETH cannot be deposited to or withdrawn from Internal Balance: attempting to do so will trigger a
     * revert.
     */
    struct FundManagement {
        address sender;
        bool fromInternalBalance;
        address payable recipient;
        bool toInternalBalance;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Simulates a call to `batchSwap`, returning an array of Vault asset deltas. Calls to `swap` cannot be
     * simulated directly, but an equivalent `batchSwap` call can and will yield the exact same result.
     *
     * Each element in the array corresponds to the asset at the same index, and indicates the number of tokens (or ETH)
     * the Vault would take from the sender (if positive) or send to the recipient (if negative). The arguments it
     * receives are the same that an equivalent `batchSwap` call would receive.
     *
     * Unlike `batchSwap`, this function performs no checks on the sender or recipient field in the `funds` struct.
     * This makes it suitable to be called by off-chain applications via eth_call without needing to hold tokens,
     * approve them for the Vault, or even know a user's address.
     *
     * Note that this function is not 'view' (due to implementation details): the client code must explicitly execute
     * eth_call instead of eth_sendTransaction.
     */
    function queryBatchSwap(
        SwapKind kind,
        BatchSwapStep[] memory swaps,
        IAsset[] memory assets,
        FundManagement memory funds
    ) external returns (int256[] memory assetDeltas);

    // Flash Loans

    /**
     * @dev Performs a 'flash loan', sending tokens to `recipient`, executing the `receiveFlashLoan` hook on it,
     * and then reverting unless the tokens plus a proportional protocol fee have been returned.
     *
     * The `tokens` and `amounts` arrays must have the same length, and each entry in these indicates the loan amount
     * for each token contract. `tokens` must be sorted in ascending order.
     *
     * The 'userData' field is ignored by the Vault, and forwarded as-is to `recipient` as part of the
     * `receiveFlashLoan` call.
     *
     * Emits `FlashLoan` events.
     */
    function flashLoan(
        IFlashLoanRecipient recipient,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted for each individual flash loan performed by `flashLoan`.
     */
    event FlashLoan(IFlashLoanRecipient indexed recipient, IERC20 indexed token, uint256 amount, uint256 feeAmount);

    // Asset Management
    //
    // Each token registered for a Pool can be assigned an Asset Manager, which is able to freely withdraw the Pool's
    // tokens from the Vault, deposit them, or assign arbitrary values to its `managed` balance (see
    // `getPoolTokenInfo`). This makes them extremely powerful and dangerous. Even if an Asset Manager only directly
    // controls one of the tokens in a Pool, a malicious manager could set that token's balance to manipulate the
    // prices of the other tokens, and then drain the Pool with swaps. The risk of using Asset Managers is therefore
    // not constrained to the tokens they are managing, but extends to the entire Pool's holdings.
    //
    // However, a properly designed Asset Manager smart contract can be safely used for the Pool's benefit,
    // for example by lending unused tokens out for interest, or using them to participate in voting protocols.
    //
    // This concept is unrelated to the IAsset interface.

    /**
     * @dev Performs a set of Pool balance operations, which may be either withdrawals, deposits or updates.
     *
     * Pool Balance management features batching, which means a single contract call can be used to perform multiple
     * operations of different kinds, with different Pools and tokens, at once.
     *
     * For each operation, the caller must be registered as the Asset Manager for `token` in `poolId`.
     */
    function managePoolBalance(PoolBalanceOp[] memory ops) external;

    struct PoolBalanceOp {
        PoolBalanceOpKind kind;
        bytes32 poolId;
        IERC20 token;
        uint256 amount;
    }

    /**
     * Withdrawals decrease the Pool's cash, but increase its managed balance, leaving the total balance unchanged.
     *
     * Deposits increase the Pool's cash, but decrease its managed balance, leaving the total balance unchanged.
     *
     * Updates don't affect the Pool's cash balance, but because the managed balance changes, it does alter the total.
     * The external amount can be either increased or decreased by this call (i.e., reporting a gain or a loss).
     */
    enum PoolBalanceOpKind { WITHDRAW, DEPOSIT, UPDATE }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool's token Asset Manager alters its balance via `managePoolBalance`.
     */
    event PoolBalanceManaged(
        bytes32 indexed poolId,
        address indexed assetManager,
        IERC20 indexed token,
        int256 cashDelta,
        int256 managedDelta
    );

    // Protocol Fees
    //
    // Some operations cause the Vault to collect tokens in the form of protocol fees, which can then be withdrawn by
    // permissioned accounts.
    //
    // There are two kinds of protocol fees:
    //
    //  - flash loan fees: charged on all flash loans, as a percentage of the amounts lent.
    //
    //  - swap fees: a percentage of the fees charged by Pools when performing swaps. For a number of reasons, including
    // swap gas costs and interface simplicity, protocol swap fees are not charged on each individual swap. Rather,
    // Pools are expected to keep track of how much they have charged in swap fees, and pay any outstanding debts to the
    // Vault when they are joined or exited. This prevents users from joining a Pool with unpaid debt, as well as
    // exiting a Pool in debt without first paying their share.

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current protocol fee module.
     */
    function getProtocolFeesCollector() external view returns (IProtocolFeesCollector);

    /**
     * @dev Safety mechanism to pause most Vault operations in the event of an emergency - typically detection of an
     * error in some part of the system.
     *
     * The Vault can only be paused during an initial time period, after which pausing is forever disabled.
     *
     * While the contract is paused, the following features are disabled:
     * - depositing and transferring internal balance
     * - transferring external balance (using the Vault's allowance)
     * - swaps
     * - joining Pools
     * - Asset Manager interactions
     *
     * Internal Balance can still be withdrawn, and Pools exited.
     */
    function setPaused(bool paused) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Vault's WETH instance.
     */
    function WETH() external view returns (IWETH);
    // solhint-disable-previous-line func-name-mixedcase
}
合同源代码
文件 68 的 113:IWETH.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "../openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for WETH9.
 * See https://github.com/gnosis/canonical-weth/blob/0dd1ea3e295eef916d0c6223ec63141137d22d67/contracts/WETH9.sol
 */
interface IWETH is IERC20 {
    function deposit() external payable;

    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
}
合同源代码
文件 69 的 113:Initializable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 *
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Storage of the initializable contract.
     *
     * It's implemented on a custom ERC-7201 namespace to reduce the risk of storage collisions
     * when using with upgradeable contracts.
     *
     * @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Initializable
     */
    struct InitializableStorage {
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        uint64 _initialized;
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Initializable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant INITIALIZABLE_STORAGE = 0xf0c57e16840df040f15088dc2f81fe391c3923bec73e23a9662efc9c229c6a00;

    /**
     * @dev The contract is already initialized.
     */
    error InvalidInitialization();

    /**
     * @dev The contract is not initializing.
     */
    error NotInitializing();

    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint64 version);

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that in the context of a constructor an `initializer` may be invoked any
     * number of times. This behavior in the constructor can be useful during testing and is not expected to be used in
     * production.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
        InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();

        // Cache values to avoid duplicated sloads
        bool isTopLevelCall = !$._initializing;
        uint64 initialized = $._initialized;

        // Allowed calls:
        // - initialSetup: the contract is not in the initializing state and no previous version was
        //                 initialized
        // - construction: the contract is initialized at version 1 (no reininitialization) and the
        //                 current contract is just being deployed
        bool initialSetup = initialized == 0 && isTopLevelCall;
        bool construction = initialized == 1 && address(this).code.length == 0;

        if (!initialSetup && !construction) {
            revert InvalidInitialization();
        }
        $._initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            $._initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            $._initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: Setting the version to 2**64 - 1 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint64 version) {
        // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
        InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();

        if ($._initializing || $._initialized >= version) {
            revert InvalidInitialization();
        }
        $._initialized = version;
        $._initializing = true;
        _;
        $._initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        _checkInitializing();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the contract is not in an initializing state. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _checkInitializing() internal view virtual {
        if (!_isInitializing()) {
            revert NotInitializing();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
        InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();

        if ($._initializing) {
            revert InvalidInitialization();
        }
        if ($._initialized != type(uint64).max) {
            $._initialized = type(uint64).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint64).max);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _getInitializableStorage()._initialized;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _getInitializableStorage()._initializing;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns a pointer to the storage namespace.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
    function _getInitializableStorage() private pure returns (InitializableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := INITIALIZABLE_STORAGE
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 70 的 113:LeverageToken.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {PoolFactory} from "./PoolFactory.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC20Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC20PermitUpgradeable} from
  "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title LeverageToken
 * @dev This contract implements a leverage token with upgradeable capabilities, access control, and
 * pausability.
 */
contract LeverageToken is
  Initializable,
  ERC20Upgradeable,
  AccessControlUpgradeable,
  ERC20PermitUpgradeable,
  UUPSUpgradeable,
  PausableUpgradeable
{
  /// @dev Role identifier for accounts with minting privileges
  bytes32 public constant MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
  /// @dev Role identifier for accounts with governance privileges
  bytes32 public constant GOV_ROLE = keccak256("GOV_ROLE");

  /// @dev The pool factory
  PoolFactory public poolFactory;

  /// @dev Error thrown when the caller is not the security council
  error CallerIsNotSecurityCouncil();

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the contract with a name, symbol, minter, and governance address.
   * @param name The name of the token
   * @param symbol The symbol of the token
   * @param minter The address that will have minting privileges
   * @param governance The address that will have governance privileges
   */
  function initialize(
    string memory name,
    string memory symbol,
    address minter,
    address governance,
    address _poolFactory
  ) public initializer {
    __ERC20_init(name, symbol);
    __ERC20Permit_init(name);
    __UUPSUpgradeable_init();
    __Pausable_init();

    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);

    _grantRole(MINTER_ROLE, minter);
    _grantRole(GOV_ROLE, governance);
    _setRoleAdmin(GOV_ROLE, GOV_ROLE);
    _setRoleAdmin(MINTER_ROLE, MINTER_ROLE);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Mints new tokens to the specified address.
   * @param to The address that will receive the minted tokens
   * @param amount The amount of tokens to mint
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the MINTER_ROLE.
   */
  function mint(address to, uint256 amount) public onlyRole(MINTER_ROLE) {
    _mint(to, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Burns tokens from the specified account.
   * @param account The account from which tokens will be burned
   * @param amount The amount of tokens to burn
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the MINTER_ROLE.
   */
  function burn(address account, uint256 amount) public onlyRole(MINTER_ROLE) {
    _burn(account, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Internal function to update user assets after a transfer.
   * @param from The address tokens are transferred from
   * @param to The address tokens are transferred to
   * @param amount The amount of tokens transferred
   * @notice This function is called during token transfer and is paused when the contract is
   * paused.
   */
  function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual override whenNotPaused {
    super._update(from, to, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Pauses all token transfers, mints, burns, and indexing updates.
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE. Does not prevent
   * contract upgrades.
   */
  function pause() external onlySecurityCouncil {
    _pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Unpauses all token transfers, mints, burns, and indexing updates.
   * @notice Can only be called by addresses with the SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE.
   */
  function unpause() external onlySecurityCouncil {
    _unpause();
  }

  modifier onlySecurityCouncil() {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE(), msg.sender)) revert CallerIsNotSecurityCouncil();
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Internal function to authorize an upgrade to a new implementation.
   * @param newImplementation The address of the new implementation
   * @notice Can only be called by the owner of the contract.
   */
  function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {}
}
合同源代码
文件 71 的 113:Math.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    /**
     * @dev Muldiv operation overflow.
     */
    error MathOverflowedMulDiv();

    enum Rounding {
        Floor, // Toward negative infinity
        Ceil, // Toward positive infinity
        Trunc, // Toward zero
        Expand // Away from zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 c = a + b;
            if (c < a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b > a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a - b);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
            // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
            // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
            if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
            uint256 c = a * b;
            if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a / b);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a % b);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds towards infinity instead
     * of rounding towards zero.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (b == 0) {
            // Guarantee the same behavior as in a regular Solidity division.
            return a / b;
        }

        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or
     * denominator == 0.
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv) with further edits by
     * Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0 = x * y; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            if (denominator <= prod1) {
                revert MathOverflowedMulDiv();
            }

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
            // Always >= 1. See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            uint256 twos = denominator & (0 - denominator);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also
            // works in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded
     * towards zero.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                value /= 10 ** 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                value /= 10 ** 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                value /= 10 ** 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                value /= 10 ** 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                value /= 10 ** 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                value /= 10 ** 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether a provided rounding mode is considered rounding up for unsigned integers.
     */
    function unsignedRoundsUp(Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return uint8(rounding) % 2 == 1;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 72 的 113:MerkleProof.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the Merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates Merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProof {
    /**
     *@dev The multiproof provided is not valid.
     */
    error MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     */
    function verifyCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a Merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the Merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 proofLen = proof.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        if (leavesLen + proofLen != totalHashes + 1) {
            revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
        }

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            if (proofPos != proofLen) {
                revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
            }
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the Merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 proofLen = proof.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        if (leavesLen + proofLen != totalHashes + 1) {
            revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
        }

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            if (proofPos != proofLen) {
                revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
            }
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sorts the pair (a, b) and hashes the result.
     */
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Implementation of keccak256(abi.encode(a, b)) that doesn't allocate or expand memory.
     */
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 73 的 113:MessageHashUtils.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/cryptography/MessageHashUtils.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Strings} from "../Strings.sol";

/**
 * @dev Signature message hash utilities for producing digests to be consumed by {ECDSA} recovery or signing.
 *
 * The library provides methods for generating a hash of a message that conforms to the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-191[EIP 191] and https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712]
 * specifications.
 */
library MessageHashUtils {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
     * `0x45` (`personal_sign` messages).
     *
     * The digest is calculated by prefixing a bytes32 `messageHash` with
     * `"\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32"` and hashing the result. It corresponds with the
     * hash signed when using the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] JSON-RPC method.
     *
     * NOTE: The `messageHash` parameter is intended to be the result of hashing a raw message with
     * keccak256, although any bytes32 value can be safely used because the final digest will
     * be re-hashed.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 messageHash) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, "\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32") // 32 is the bytes-length of messageHash
            mstore(0x1c, messageHash) // 0x1c (28) is the length of the prefix
            digest := keccak256(0x00, 0x3c) // 0x3c is the length of the prefix (0x1c) + messageHash (0x20)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
     * `0x45` (`personal_sign` messages).
     *
     * The digest is calculated by prefixing an arbitrary `message` with
     * `"\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n" + len(message)` and hashing the result. It corresponds with the
     * hash signed when using the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] JSON-RPC method.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory message) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(bytes.concat("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", bytes(Strings.toString(message.length)), message));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
     * `0x00` (data with intended validator).
     *
     * The digest is calculated by prefixing an arbitrary `data` with `"\x19\x00"` and the intended
     * `validator` address. Then hashing the result.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toDataWithIntendedValidatorHash(address validator, bytes memory data) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked(hex"19_00", validator, data));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data (EIP-191 version `0x01`).
     *
     * The digest is calculated from a `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`, by prefixing them with
     * `\x19\x01` and hashing the result. It corresponds to the hash signed by the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, hex"19_01")
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x02), domainSeparator)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x22), structHash)
            digest := keccak256(ptr, 0x42)
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 74 的 113:NoncesUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Nonces.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides tracking nonces for addresses. Nonces will only increment.
 */
abstract contract NoncesUpgradeable is Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev The nonce used for an `account` is not the expected current nonce.
     */
    error InvalidAccountNonce(address account, uint256 currentNonce);

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Nonces
    struct NoncesStorage {
        mapping(address account => uint256) _nonces;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Nonces")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant NoncesStorageLocation = 0x5ab42ced628888259c08ac98db1eb0cf702fc1501344311d8b100cd1bfe4bb00;

    function _getNoncesStorage() private pure returns (NoncesStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := NoncesStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __Nonces_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Nonces_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next unused nonce for an address.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        NoncesStorage storage $ = _getNoncesStorage();
        return $._nonces[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Consumes a nonce.
     *
     * Returns the current value and increments nonce.
     */
    function _useNonce(address owner) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
        NoncesStorage storage $ = _getNoncesStorage();
        // For each account, the nonce has an initial value of 0, can only be incremented by one, and cannot be
        // decremented or reset. This guarantees that the nonce never overflows.
        unchecked {
            // It is important to do x++ and not ++x here.
            return $._nonces[owner]++;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {_useNonce} but checking that `nonce` is the next valid for `owner`.
     */
    function _useCheckedNonce(address owner, uint256 nonce) internal virtual {
        uint256 current = _useNonce(owner);
        if (nonce != current) {
            revert InvalidAccountNonce(owner, current);
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 75 的 113:OApp.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

// @dev Import the 'MessagingFee' and 'MessagingReceipt' so it's exposed to OApp implementers
// solhint-disable-next-line no-unused-import
import { OAppSender, MessagingFee, MessagingReceipt } from "./OAppSender.sol";
// @dev Import the 'Origin' so it's exposed to OApp implementers
// solhint-disable-next-line no-unused-import
import { OAppReceiver, Origin } from "./OAppReceiver.sol";
import { OAppCore } from "./OAppCore.sol";

/**
 * @title OApp
 * @dev Abstract contract serving as the base for OApp implementation, combining OAppSender and OAppReceiver functionality.
 */
abstract contract OApp is OAppSender, OAppReceiver {
    /**
     * @dev Constructor to initialize the OApp with the provided endpoint and owner.
     * @param _endpoint The address of the LOCAL LayerZero endpoint.
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     */
    constructor(address _endpoint, address _delegate) OAppCore(_endpoint, _delegate) {}

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol implementation.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol implementation.
     */
    function oAppVersion()
        public
        pure
        virtual
        override(OAppSender, OAppReceiver)
        returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion)
    {
        return (SENDER_VERSION, RECEIVER_VERSION);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 76 的 113:OAppCore.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { Ownable } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import { IOAppCore, ILayerZeroEndpointV2 } from "./interfaces/IOAppCore.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppCore
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the IOAppCore interface with basic OApp configurations.
 */
abstract contract OAppCore is IOAppCore, Ownable {
    // The LayerZero endpoint associated with the given OApp
    ILayerZeroEndpointV2 public immutable endpoint;

    // Mapping to store peers associated with corresponding endpoints
    mapping(uint32 eid => bytes32 peer) public peers;

    /**
     * @dev Constructor to initialize the OAppCore with the provided endpoint and delegate.
     * @param _endpoint The address of the LOCAL Layer Zero endpoint.
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     *
     * @dev The delegate typically should be set as the owner of the contract.
     */
    constructor(address _endpoint, address _delegate) {
        endpoint = ILayerZeroEndpointV2(_endpoint);

        if (_delegate == address(0)) revert InvalidDelegate();
        endpoint.setDelegate(_delegate);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the peer address (OApp instance) for a corresponding endpoint.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _peer The address of the peer to be associated with the corresponding endpoint.
     *
     * @dev Only the owner/admin of the OApp can call this function.
     * @dev Indicates that the peer is trusted to send LayerZero messages to this OApp.
     * @dev Set this to bytes32(0) to remove the peer address.
     * @dev Peer is a bytes32 to accommodate non-evm chains.
     */
    function setPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) public virtual onlyOwner {
        _setPeer(_eid, _peer);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the peer address (OApp instance) for a corresponding endpoint.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _peer The address of the peer to be associated with the corresponding endpoint.
     *
     * @dev Indicates that the peer is trusted to send LayerZero messages to this OApp.
     * @dev Set this to bytes32(0) to remove the peer address.
     * @dev Peer is a bytes32 to accommodate non-evm chains.
     */
    function _setPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) internal virtual {
        peers[_eid] = _peer;
        emit PeerSet(_eid, _peer);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Internal function to get the peer address associated with a specific endpoint; reverts if NOT set.
     * ie. the peer is set to bytes32(0).
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @return peer The address of the peer associated with the specified endpoint.
     */
    function _getPeerOrRevert(uint32 _eid) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 peer = peers[_eid];
        if (peer == bytes32(0)) revert NoPeer(_eid);
        return peer;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the delegate address for the OApp.
     * @param _delegate The address of the delegate to be set.
     *
     * @dev Only the owner/admin of the OApp can call this function.
     * @dev Provides the ability for a delegate to set configs, on behalf of the OApp, directly on the Endpoint contract.
     */
    function setDelegate(address _delegate) public onlyOwner {
        endpoint.setDelegate(_delegate);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 77 的 113:OAppCoreUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { OwnableUpgradeable } from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import { IOAppCore, ILayerZeroEndpointV2 } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/interfaces/IOAppCore.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppCore
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the IOAppCore interface with basic OApp configurations.
 */
abstract contract OAppCoreUpgradeable is IOAppCore, OwnableUpgradeable {
    struct OAppCoreStorage {
        mapping(uint32 => bytes32) peers;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("layerzerov2.storage.oappcore")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant OAPP_CORE_STORAGE_LOCATION =
        0x72ab1bc1039b79dc4724ffca13de82c96834302d3c7e0d4252232d4b2dd8f900;

    function _getOAppCoreStorage() internal pure returns (OAppCoreStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := OAPP_CORE_STORAGE_LOCATION
        }
    }

    // The LayerZero endpoint associated with the given OApp
    ILayerZeroEndpointV2 public immutable endpoint;

    /**
     * @dev Constructor to initialize the OAppCore with the provided endpoint and delegate.
     * @param _endpoint The address of the LOCAL Layer Zero endpoint.
     */
    constructor(address _endpoint) {
        endpoint = ILayerZeroEndpointV2(_endpoint);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the OAppCore with the provided delegate.
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     *
     * @dev The delegate typically should be set as the owner of the contract.
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OAppCore_init(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        __OAppCore_init_unchained(_delegate);
    }

    function __OAppCore_init_unchained(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        if (_delegate == address(0)) revert InvalidDelegate();
        endpoint.setDelegate(_delegate);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the peer address (OApp instance) associated with a specific endpoint.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @return peer The address of the peer associated with the specified endpoint.
     */
    function peers(uint32 _eid) public view override returns (bytes32) {
        OAppCoreStorage storage $ = _getOAppCoreStorage();
        return $.peers[_eid];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the peer address (OApp instance) for a corresponding endpoint.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _peer The address of the peer to be associated with the corresponding endpoint.
     *
     * @dev Only the owner/admin of the OApp can call this function.
     * @dev Indicates that the peer is trusted to send LayerZero messages to this OApp.
     * @dev Set this to bytes32(0) to remove the peer address.
     * @dev Peer is a bytes32 to accommodate non-evm chains.
     */
    function setPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) public virtual onlyOwner {
        OAppCoreStorage storage $ = _getOAppCoreStorage();
        $.peers[_eid] = _peer;
        emit PeerSet(_eid, _peer);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Internal function to get the peer address associated with a specific endpoint; reverts if NOT set.
     * ie. the peer is set to bytes32(0).
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @return peer The address of the peer associated with the specified endpoint.
     */
    function _getPeerOrRevert(uint32 _eid) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        OAppCoreStorage storage $ = _getOAppCoreStorage();
        bytes32 peer = $.peers[_eid];
        if (peer == bytes32(0)) revert NoPeer(_eid);
        return peer;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the delegate address for the OApp.
     * @param _delegate The address of the delegate to be set.
     *
     * @dev Only the owner/admin of the OApp can call this function.
     * @dev Provides the ability for a delegate to set configs, on behalf of the OApp, directly on the Endpoint contract.
     */
    function setDelegate(address _delegate) public onlyOwner {
        endpoint.setDelegate(_delegate);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 78 的 113:OAppOptionsType3.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { Ownable } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import { IOAppOptionsType3, EnforcedOptionParam } from "../interfaces/IOAppOptionsType3.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppOptionsType3
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the IOAppOptionsType3 interface with type 3 options.
 */
abstract contract OAppOptionsType3 is IOAppOptionsType3, Ownable {
    uint16 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_3 = 3;

    // @dev The "msgType" should be defined in the child contract.
    mapping(uint32 eid => mapping(uint16 msgType => bytes enforcedOption)) public enforcedOptions;

    /**
     * @dev Sets the enforced options for specific endpoint and message type combinations.
     * @param _enforcedOptions An array of EnforcedOptionParam structures specifying enforced options.
     *
     * @dev Only the owner/admin of the OApp can call this function.
     * @dev Provides a way for the OApp to enforce things like paying for PreCrime, AND/OR minimum dst lzReceive gas amounts etc.
     * @dev These enforced options can vary as the potential options/execution on the remote may differ as per the msgType.
     * eg. Amount of lzReceive() gas necessary to deliver a lzCompose() message adds overhead you dont want to pay
     * if you are only making a standard LayerZero message ie. lzReceive() WITHOUT sendCompose().
     */
    function setEnforcedOptions(EnforcedOptionParam[] calldata _enforcedOptions) public virtual onlyOwner {
        _setEnforcedOptions(_enforcedOptions);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the enforced options for specific endpoint and message type combinations.
     * @param _enforcedOptions An array of EnforcedOptionParam structures specifying enforced options.
     *
     * @dev Provides a way for the OApp to enforce things like paying for PreCrime, AND/OR minimum dst lzReceive gas amounts etc.
     * @dev These enforced options can vary as the potential options/execution on the remote may differ as per the msgType.
     * eg. Amount of lzReceive() gas necessary to deliver a lzCompose() message adds overhead you dont want to pay
     * if you are only making a standard LayerZero message ie. lzReceive() WITHOUT sendCompose().
     */
    function _setEnforcedOptions(EnforcedOptionParam[] memory _enforcedOptions) internal virtual {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _enforcedOptions.length; i++) {
            // @dev Enforced options are only available for optionType 3, as type 1 and 2 dont support combining.
            _assertOptionsType3(_enforcedOptions[i].options);
            enforcedOptions[_enforcedOptions[i].eid][_enforcedOptions[i].msgType] = _enforcedOptions[i].options;
        }

        emit EnforcedOptionSet(_enforcedOptions);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Combines options for a given endpoint and message type.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _msgType The OAPP message type.
     * @param _extraOptions Additional options passed by the caller.
     * @return options The combination of caller specified options AND enforced options.
     *
     * @dev If there is an enforced lzReceive option:
     * - {gasLimit: 200k, msg.value: 1 ether} AND a caller supplies a lzReceive option: {gasLimit: 100k, msg.value: 0.5 ether}
     * - The resulting options will be {gasLimit: 300k, msg.value: 1.5 ether} when the message is executed on the remote lzReceive() function.
     * @dev This presence of duplicated options is handled off-chain in the verifier/executor.
     */
    function combineOptions(
        uint32 _eid,
        uint16 _msgType,
        bytes calldata _extraOptions
    ) public view virtual returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory enforced = enforcedOptions[_eid][_msgType];

        // No enforced options, pass whatever the caller supplied, even if it's empty or legacy type 1/2 options.
        if (enforced.length == 0) return _extraOptions;

        // No caller options, return enforced
        if (_extraOptions.length == 0) return enforced;

        // @dev If caller provided _extraOptions, must be type 3 as its the ONLY type that can be combined.
        if (_extraOptions.length >= 2) {
            _assertOptionsType3(_extraOptions);
            // @dev Remove the first 2 bytes containing the type from the _extraOptions and combine with enforced.
            return bytes.concat(enforced, _extraOptions[2:]);
        }

        // No valid set of options was found.
        revert InvalidOptions(_extraOptions);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to assert that options are of type 3.
     * @param _options The options to be checked.
     */
    function _assertOptionsType3(bytes memory _options) internal pure virtual {
        uint16 optionsType;
        assembly {
            optionsType := mload(add(_options, 2))
        }
        if (optionsType != OPTION_TYPE_3) revert InvalidOptions(_options);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 79 的 113:OAppOptionsType3Upgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { OwnableUpgradeable } from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import { IOAppOptionsType3, EnforcedOptionParam } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/interfaces/IOAppOptionsType3.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppOptionsType3
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the IOAppOptionsType3 interface with type 3 options.
 */
abstract contract OAppOptionsType3Upgradeable is IOAppOptionsType3, OwnableUpgradeable {
    struct OAppOptionsType3Storage {
        // @dev The "msgType" should be defined in the child contract.
        mapping(uint32 => mapping(uint16 => bytes)) enforcedOptions;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("layerzerov2.storage.oappoptionstype3")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant OAPP_OPTIONS_TYPE_3_STORAGE_LOCATION =
        0x8d2bda5d9f6ffb5796910376005392955773acee5548d0fcdb10e7c264ea0000;

    uint16 internal constant OPTION_TYPE_3 = 3;

    function _getOAppOptionsType3Storage() internal pure returns (OAppOptionsType3Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := OAPP_OPTIONS_TYPE_3_STORAGE_LOCATION
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OAppOptionsType3_init() internal onlyInitializing {}

    function __OAppOptionsType3_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    function enforcedOptions(uint32 _eid, uint16 _msgType) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        OAppOptionsType3Storage storage $ = _getOAppOptionsType3Storage();
        return $.enforcedOptions[_eid][_msgType];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the enforced options for specific endpoint and message type combinations.
     * @param _enforcedOptions An array of EnforcedOptionParam structures specifying enforced options.
     *
     * @dev Only the owner/admin of the OApp can call this function.
     * @dev Provides a way for the OApp to enforce things like paying for PreCrime, AND/OR minimum dst lzReceive gas amounts etc.
     * @dev These enforced options can vary as the potential options/execution on the remote may differ as per the msgType.
     * eg. Amount of lzReceive() gas necessary to deliver a lzCompose() message adds overhead you dont want to pay
     * if you are only making a standard LayerZero message ie. lzReceive() WITHOUT sendCompose().
     */
    function setEnforcedOptions(EnforcedOptionParam[] calldata _enforcedOptions) public virtual onlyOwner {
        OAppOptionsType3Storage storage $ = _getOAppOptionsType3Storage();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _enforcedOptions.length; i++) {
            // @dev Enforced options are only available for optionType 3, as type 1 and 2 dont support combining.
            _assertOptionsType3(_enforcedOptions[i].options);
            $.enforcedOptions[_enforcedOptions[i].eid][_enforcedOptions[i].msgType] = _enforcedOptions[i].options;
        }

        emit EnforcedOptionSet(_enforcedOptions);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Combines options for a given endpoint and message type.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID.
     * @param _msgType The OAPP message type.
     * @param _extraOptions Additional options passed by the caller.
     * @return options The combination of caller specified options AND enforced options.
     *
     * @dev If there is an enforced lzReceive option:
     * - {gasLimit: 200k, msg.value: 1 ether} AND a caller supplies a lzReceive option: {gasLimit: 100k, msg.value: 0.5 ether}
     * - The resulting options will be {gasLimit: 300k, msg.value: 1.5 ether} when the message is executed on the remote lzReceive() function.
     * @dev This presence of duplicated options is handled off-chain in the verifier/executor.
     */
    function combineOptions(
        uint32 _eid,
        uint16 _msgType,
        bytes calldata _extraOptions
    ) public view virtual returns (bytes memory) {
        OAppOptionsType3Storage storage $ = _getOAppOptionsType3Storage();
        bytes memory enforced = $.enforcedOptions[_eid][_msgType];

        // No enforced options, pass whatever the caller supplied, even if it's empty or legacy type 1/2 options.
        if (enforced.length == 0) return _extraOptions;

        // No caller options, return enforced
        if (_extraOptions.length == 0) return enforced;

        // @dev If caller provided _extraOptions, must be type 3 as its the ONLY type that can be combined.
        if (_extraOptions.length >= 2) {
            _assertOptionsType3(_extraOptions);
            // @dev Remove the first 2 bytes containing the type from the _extraOptions and combine with enforced.
            return bytes.concat(enforced, _extraOptions[2:]);
        }

        // No valid set of options was found.
        revert InvalidOptions(_extraOptions);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to assert that options are of type 3.
     * @param _options The options to be checked.
     */
    function _assertOptionsType3(bytes calldata _options) internal pure virtual {
        uint16 optionsType = uint16(bytes2(_options[0:2]));
        if (optionsType != OPTION_TYPE_3) revert InvalidOptions(_options);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 80 的 113:OAppPreCrimeSimulatorUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { OwnableUpgradeable } from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import { IPreCrime } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/precrime/interfaces/IPreCrime.sol";
import { IOAppPreCrimeSimulator, InboundPacket, Origin } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/precrime/interfaces/IOAppPreCrimeSimulator.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppPreCrimeSimulator
 * @dev Abstract contract serving as the base for preCrime simulation functionality in an OApp.
 */
abstract contract OAppPreCrimeSimulatorUpgradeable is IOAppPreCrimeSimulator, OwnableUpgradeable {
    struct OAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage {
        // The address of the preCrime implementation.
        address preCrime;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("layerzerov2.storage.oappprecrimesimulator")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant OAPP_PRE_CRIME_SIMULATOR_STORAGE_LOCATION =
        0xefb041d771d6daaa55702fff6eb740d63ba559a75d2d1d3e151c78ff2480b600;

    function _getOAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage() internal pure returns (OAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := OAPP_PRE_CRIME_SIMULATOR_STORAGE_LOCATION
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OAppPreCrimeSimulator_init() internal onlyInitializing {}

    function __OAppPreCrimeSimulator_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    function preCrime() external view override returns (address) {
        OAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage storage $ = _getOAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage();
        return $.preCrime;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the address of the OApp contract.
     * @return The address of the OApp contract.
     *
     * @dev The simulator contract is the base contract for the OApp by default.
     * @dev If the simulator is a separate contract, override this function.
     */
    function oApp() external view virtual returns (address) {
        return address(this);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the preCrime contract address.
     * @param _preCrime The address of the preCrime contract.
     */
    function setPreCrime(address _preCrime) public virtual onlyOwner {
        OAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage storage $ = _getOAppPreCrimeSimulatorStorage();
        $.preCrime = _preCrime;
        emit PreCrimeSet(_preCrime);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Interface for pre-crime simulations. Always reverts at the end with the simulation results.
     * @param _packets An array of InboundPacket objects representing received packets to be delivered.
     *
     * @dev WARNING: MUST revert at the end with the simulation results.
     * @dev Gives the preCrime implementation the ability to mock sending packets to the lzReceive function,
     * WITHOUT actually executing them.
     */
    function lzReceiveAndRevert(InboundPacket[] calldata _packets) public payable virtual {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _packets.length; i++) {
            InboundPacket calldata packet = _packets[i];

            // Ignore packets that are not from trusted peers.
            if (!isPeer(packet.origin.srcEid, packet.origin.sender)) continue;

            // @dev Because a verifier is calling this function, it doesnt have access to executor params:
            //  - address _executor
            //  - bytes calldata _extraData
            // preCrime will NOT work for OApps that rely on these two parameters inside of their _lzReceive().
            // They are instead stubbed to default values, address(0) and bytes("")
            // @dev Calling this.lzReceiveSimulate removes ability for assembly return 0 callstack exit,
            // which would cause the revert to be ignored.
            this.lzReceiveSimulate{ value: packet.value }(
                packet.origin,
                packet.guid,
                packet.message,
                packet.executor,
                packet.extraData
            );
        }

        // @dev Revert with the simulation results. msg.sender must implement IPreCrime.buildSimulationResult().
        revert SimulationResult(IPreCrime(msg.sender).buildSimulationResult());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Is effectively an internal function because msg.sender must be address(this).
     * Allows resetting the call stack for 'internal' calls.
     * @param _origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address on the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the message.
     * @param _guid The unique identifier of the packet.
     * @param _message The message payload of the packet.
     * @param _executor The executor address for the packet.
     * @param _extraData Additional data for the packet.
     */
    function lzReceiveSimulate(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) external payable virtual {
        // @dev Ensure ONLY can be called 'internally'.
        if (msg.sender != address(this)) revert OnlySelf();
        _lzReceiveSimulate(_origin, _guid, _message, _executor, _extraData);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to handle the OAppPreCrimeSimulator simulated receive.
     * @param _origin The origin information.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address from the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the LayerZero message.
     * @param _guid The GUID of the LayerZero message.
     * @param _message The LayerZero message.
     * @param _executor The address of the off-chain executor.
     * @param _extraData Arbitrary data passed by the msg executor.
     *
     * @dev Enables the preCrime simulator to mock sending lzReceive() messages,
     * routes the msg down from the OAppPreCrimeSimulator, and back up to the OAppReceiver.
     */
    function _lzReceiveSimulate(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) internal virtual;

    /**
     * @dev checks if the specified peer is considered 'trusted' by the OApp.
     * @param _eid The endpoint Id to check.
     * @param _peer The peer to check.
     * @return Whether the peer passed is considered 'trusted' by the OApp.
     */
    function isPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) public view virtual returns (bool);
}
合同源代码
文件 81 的 113:OAppReceiver.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IOAppReceiver, Origin } from "./interfaces/IOAppReceiver.sol";
import { OAppCore } from "./OAppCore.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppReceiver
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the ILayerZeroReceiver interface and extending OAppCore for OApp receivers.
 */
abstract contract OAppReceiver is IOAppReceiver, OAppCore {
    // Custom error message for when the caller is not the registered endpoint/
    error OnlyEndpoint(address addr);

    // @dev The version of the OAppReceiver implementation.
    // @dev Version is bumped when changes are made to this contract.
    uint64 internal constant RECEIVER_VERSION = 2;

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol contract.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol contract.
     *
     * @dev Providing 0 as the default for OAppSender version. Indicates that the OAppSender is not implemented.
     * ie. this is a RECEIVE only OApp.
     * @dev If the OApp uses both OAppSender and OAppReceiver, then this needs to be override returning the correct versions.
     */
    function oAppVersion() public view virtual returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion) {
        return (0, RECEIVER_VERSION);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Indicates whether an address is an approved composeMsg sender to the Endpoint.
     * @dev _origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address on the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the message.
     * @dev _message The lzReceive payload.
     * @param _sender The sender address.
     * @return isSender Is a valid sender.
     *
     * @dev Applications can optionally choose to implement separate composeMsg senders that are NOT the bridging layer.
     * @dev The default sender IS the OAppReceiver implementer.
     */
    function isComposeMsgSender(
        Origin calldata /*_origin*/,
        bytes calldata /*_message*/,
        address _sender
    ) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _sender == address(this);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Checks if the path initialization is allowed based on the provided origin.
     * @param origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     * @return Whether the path has been initialized.
     *
     * @dev This indicates to the endpoint that the OApp has enabled msgs for this particular path to be received.
     * @dev This defaults to assuming if a peer has been set, its initialized.
     * Can be overridden by the OApp if there is other logic to determine this.
     */
    function allowInitializePath(Origin calldata origin) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return peers[origin.srcEid] == origin.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the next nonce for a given source endpoint and sender address.
     * @dev _srcEid The source endpoint ID.
     * @dev _sender The sender address.
     * @return nonce The next nonce.
     *
     * @dev The path nonce starts from 1. If 0 is returned it means that there is NO nonce ordered enforcement.
     * @dev Is required by the off-chain executor to determine the OApp expects msg execution is ordered.
     * @dev This is also enforced by the OApp.
     * @dev By default this is NOT enabled. ie. nextNonce is hardcoded to return 0.
     */
    function nextNonce(uint32 /*_srcEid*/, bytes32 /*_sender*/) public view virtual returns (uint64 nonce) {
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Entry point for receiving messages or packets from the endpoint.
     * @param _origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address on the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the message.
     * @param _guid The unique identifier for the received LayerZero message.
     * @param _message The payload of the received message.
     * @param _executor The address of the executor for the received message.
     * @param _extraData Additional arbitrary data provided by the corresponding executor.
     *
     * @dev Entry point for receiving msg/packet from the LayerZero endpoint.
     */
    function lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) public payable virtual {
        // Ensures that only the endpoint can attempt to lzReceive() messages to this OApp.
        if (address(endpoint) != msg.sender) revert OnlyEndpoint(msg.sender);

        // Ensure that the sender matches the expected peer for the source endpoint.
        if (_getPeerOrRevert(_origin.srcEid) != _origin.sender) revert OnlyPeer(_origin.srcEid, _origin.sender);

        // Call the internal OApp implementation of lzReceive.
        _lzReceive(_origin, _guid, _message, _executor, _extraData);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to implement lzReceive logic without needing to copy the basic parameter validation.
     */
    function _lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) internal virtual;
}
合同源代码
文件 82 的 113:OAppReceiverUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IOAppReceiver, Origin } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/interfaces/IOAppReceiver.sol";
import { OAppCoreUpgradeable } from "./OAppCoreUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppReceiver
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the ILayerZeroReceiver interface and extending OAppCore for OApp receivers.
 */
abstract contract OAppReceiverUpgradeable is IOAppReceiver, OAppCoreUpgradeable {
    // Custom error message for when the caller is not the registered endpoint/
    error OnlyEndpoint(address addr);

    // @dev The version of the OAppReceiver implementation.
    // @dev Version is bumped when changes are made to this contract.
    uint64 internal constant RECEIVER_VERSION = 2;

    /**
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OAppReceiver_init(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        __OAppCore_init(_delegate);
    }

    function __OAppReceiver_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol contract.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol contract.
     *
     * @dev Providing 0 as the default for OAppSender version. Indicates that the OAppSender is not implemented.
     * ie. this is a RECEIVE only OApp.
     * @dev If the OApp uses both OAppSender and OAppReceiver, then this needs to be override returning the correct versions.
     */
    function oAppVersion() public view virtual returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion) {
        return (0, RECEIVER_VERSION);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Indicates whether an address is an approved composeMsg sender to the Endpoint.
     * @dev _origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address on the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the message.
     * @dev _message The lzReceive payload.
     * @param _sender The sender address.
     * @return isSender Is a valid sender.
     *
     * @dev Applications can optionally choose to implement separate composeMsg senders that are NOT the bridging layer.
     * @dev The default sender IS the OAppReceiver implementer.
     */
    function isComposeMsgSender(
        Origin calldata /*_origin*/,
        bytes calldata /*_message*/,
        address _sender
    ) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _sender == address(this);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Checks if the path initialization is allowed based on the provided origin.
     * @param origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     * @return Whether the path has been initialized.
     *
     * @dev This indicates to the endpoint that the OApp has enabled msgs for this particular path to be received.
     * @dev This defaults to assuming if a peer has been set, its initialized.
     * Can be overridden by the OApp if there is other logic to determine this.
     */
    function allowInitializePath(Origin calldata origin) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return peers(origin.srcEid) == origin.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the next nonce for a given source endpoint and sender address.
     * @dev _srcEid The source endpoint ID.
     * @dev _sender The sender address.
     * @return nonce The next nonce.
     *
     * @dev The path nonce starts from 1. If 0 is returned it means that there is NO nonce ordered enforcement.
     * @dev Is required by the off-chain executor to determine the OApp expects msg execution is ordered.
     * @dev This is also enforced by the OApp.
     * @dev By default this is NOT enabled. ie. nextNonce is hardcoded to return 0.
     */
    function nextNonce(uint32, /*_srcEid*/ bytes32 /*_sender*/) public view virtual returns (uint64 nonce) {
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Entry point for receiving messages or packets from the endpoint.
     * @param _origin The origin information containing the source endpoint and sender address.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address on the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the message.
     * @param _guid The unique identifier for the received LayerZero message.
     * @param _message The payload of the received message.
     * @param _executor The address of the executor for the received message.
     * @param _extraData Additional arbitrary data provided by the corresponding executor.
     *
     * @dev Entry point for receiving msg/packet from the LayerZero endpoint.
     */
    function lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) public payable virtual {
        // Ensures that only the endpoint can attempt to lzReceive() messages to this OApp.
        if (address(endpoint) != msg.sender) revert OnlyEndpoint(msg.sender);

        // Ensure that the sender matches the expected peer for the source endpoint.
        if (_getPeerOrRevert(_origin.srcEid) != _origin.sender) revert OnlyPeer(_origin.srcEid, _origin.sender);

        // Call the internal OApp implementation of lzReceive.
        _lzReceive(_origin, _guid, _message, _executor, _extraData);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to implement lzReceive logic without needing to copy the basic parameter validation.
     */
    function _lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) internal virtual;
}
合同源代码
文件 83 的 113:OAppSender.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { SafeERC20, IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import { MessagingParams, MessagingFee, MessagingReceipt } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/interfaces/ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol";
import { OAppCore } from "./OAppCore.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppSender
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the OAppSender functionality for sending messages to a LayerZero endpoint.
 */
abstract contract OAppSender is OAppCore {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;

    // Custom error messages
    error NotEnoughNative(uint256 msgValue);
    error LzTokenUnavailable();

    // @dev The version of the OAppSender implementation.
    // @dev Version is bumped when changes are made to this contract.
    uint64 internal constant SENDER_VERSION = 1;

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol contract.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol contract.
     *
     * @dev Providing 0 as the default for OAppReceiver version. Indicates that the OAppReceiver is not implemented.
     * ie. this is a SEND only OApp.
     * @dev If the OApp uses both OAppSender and OAppReceiver, then this needs to be override returning the correct versions
     */
    function oAppVersion() public view virtual returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion) {
        return (SENDER_VERSION, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to interact with the LayerZero EndpointV2.quote() for fee calculation.
     * @param _dstEid The destination endpoint ID.
     * @param _message The message payload.
     * @param _options Additional options for the message.
     * @param _payInLzToken Flag indicating whether to pay the fee in LZ tokens.
     * @return fee The calculated MessagingFee for the message.
     *      - nativeFee: The native fee for the message.
     *      - lzTokenFee: The LZ token fee for the message.
     */
    function _quote(
        uint32 _dstEid,
        bytes memory _message,
        bytes memory _options,
        bool _payInLzToken
    ) internal view virtual returns (MessagingFee memory fee) {
        return
            endpoint.quote(
                MessagingParams(_dstEid, _getPeerOrRevert(_dstEid), _message, _options, _payInLzToken),
                address(this)
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to interact with the LayerZero EndpointV2.send() for sending a message.
     * @param _dstEid The destination endpoint ID.
     * @param _message The message payload.
     * @param _options Additional options for the message.
     * @param _fee The calculated LayerZero fee for the message.
     *      - nativeFee: The native fee.
     *      - lzTokenFee: The lzToken fee.
     * @param _refundAddress The address to receive any excess fee values sent to the endpoint.
     * @return receipt The receipt for the sent message.
     *      - guid: The unique identifier for the sent message.
     *      - nonce: The nonce of the sent message.
     *      - fee: The LayerZero fee incurred for the message.
     */
    function _lzSend(
        uint32 _dstEid,
        bytes memory _message,
        bytes memory _options,
        MessagingFee memory _fee,
        address _refundAddress
    ) internal virtual returns (MessagingReceipt memory receipt) {
        // @dev Push corresponding fees to the endpoint, any excess is sent back to the _refundAddress from the endpoint.
        uint256 messageValue = _payNative(_fee.nativeFee);
        if (_fee.lzTokenFee > 0) _payLzToken(_fee.lzTokenFee);

        return
            // solhint-disable-next-line check-send-result
            endpoint.send{ value: messageValue }(
                MessagingParams(_dstEid, _getPeerOrRevert(_dstEid), _message, _options, _fee.lzTokenFee > 0),
                _refundAddress
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to pay the native fee associated with the message.
     * @param _nativeFee The native fee to be paid.
     * @return nativeFee The amount of native currency paid.
     *
     * @dev If the OApp needs to initiate MULTIPLE LayerZero messages in a single transaction,
     * this will need to be overridden because msg.value would contain multiple lzFees.
     * @dev Should be overridden in the event the LayerZero endpoint requires a different native currency.
     * @dev Some EVMs use an ERC20 as a method for paying transactions/gasFees.
     * @dev The endpoint is EITHER/OR, ie. it will NOT support both types of native payment at a time.
     */
    function _payNative(uint256 _nativeFee) internal virtual returns (uint256 nativeFee) {
        if (msg.value != _nativeFee) revert NotEnoughNative(msg.value);
        return _nativeFee;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to pay the LZ token fee associated with the message.
     * @param _lzTokenFee The LZ token fee to be paid.
     *
     * @dev If the caller is trying to pay in the specified lzToken, then the lzTokenFee is passed to the endpoint.
     * @dev Any excess sent, is passed back to the specified _refundAddress in the _lzSend().
     */
    function _payLzToken(uint256 _lzTokenFee) internal virtual {
        // @dev Cannot cache the token because it is not immutable in the endpoint.
        address lzToken = endpoint.lzToken();
        if (lzToken == address(0)) revert LzTokenUnavailable();

        // Pay LZ token fee by sending tokens to the endpoint.
        IERC20(lzToken).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(endpoint), _lzTokenFee);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 84 的 113:OAppSenderUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { SafeERC20, IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import { MessagingParams, MessagingFee, MessagingReceipt } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/interfaces/ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol";
import { OAppCoreUpgradeable } from "./OAppCoreUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title OAppSender
 * @dev Abstract contract implementing the OAppSender functionality for sending messages to a LayerZero endpoint.
 */
abstract contract OAppSenderUpgradeable is OAppCoreUpgradeable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;

    // Custom error messages
    error NotEnoughNative(uint256 msgValue);
    error LzTokenUnavailable();

    // @dev The version of the OAppSender implementation.
    // @dev Version is bumped when changes are made to this contract.
    uint64 internal constant SENDER_VERSION = 1;

    /**
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OAppSender_init(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        __OAppCore_init(_delegate);
    }

    function __OAppSender_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol contract.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol contract.
     *
     * @dev Providing 0 as the default for OAppReceiver version. Indicates that the OAppReceiver is not implemented.
     * ie. this is a SEND only OApp.
     * @dev If the OApp uses both OAppSender and OAppReceiver, then this needs to be override returning the correct versions
     */
    function oAppVersion() public view virtual returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion) {
        return (SENDER_VERSION, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to interact with the LayerZero EndpointV2.quote() for fee calculation.
     * @param _dstEid The destination endpoint ID.
     * @param _message The message payload.
     * @param _options Additional options for the message.
     * @param _payInLzToken Flag indicating whether to pay the fee in LZ tokens.
     * @return fee The calculated MessagingFee for the message.
     *      - nativeFee: The native fee for the message.
     *      - lzTokenFee: The LZ token fee for the message.
     */
    function _quote(
        uint32 _dstEid,
        bytes memory _message,
        bytes memory _options,
        bool _payInLzToken
    ) internal view virtual returns (MessagingFee memory fee) {
        return
            endpoint.quote(
                MessagingParams(_dstEid, _getPeerOrRevert(_dstEid), _message, _options, _payInLzToken),
                address(this)
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to interact with the LayerZero EndpointV2.send() for sending a message.
     * @param _dstEid The destination endpoint ID.
     * @param _message The message payload.
     * @param _options Additional options for the message.
     * @param _fee The calculated LayerZero fee for the message.
     *      - nativeFee: The native fee.
     *      - lzTokenFee: The lzToken fee.
     * @param _refundAddress The address to receive any excess fee values sent to the endpoint.
     * @return receipt The receipt for the sent message.
     *      - guid: The unique identifier for the sent message.
     *      - nonce: The nonce of the sent message.
     *      - fee: The LayerZero fee incurred for the message.
     */
    function _lzSend(
        uint32 _dstEid,
        bytes memory _message,
        bytes memory _options,
        MessagingFee memory _fee,
        address _refundAddress
    ) internal virtual returns (MessagingReceipt memory receipt) {
        // @dev Push corresponding fees to the endpoint, any excess is sent back to the _refundAddress from the endpoint.
        uint256 messageValue = _payNative(_fee.nativeFee);
        if (_fee.lzTokenFee > 0) _payLzToken(_fee.lzTokenFee);

        return
            // solhint-disable-next-line check-send-result
            endpoint.send{ value: messageValue }(
                MessagingParams(_dstEid, _getPeerOrRevert(_dstEid), _message, _options, _fee.lzTokenFee > 0),
                _refundAddress
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to pay the native fee associated with the message.
     * @param _nativeFee The native fee to be paid.
     * @return nativeFee The amount of native currency paid.
     *
     * @dev If the OApp needs to initiate MULTIPLE LayerZero messages in a single transaction,
     * this will need to be overridden because msg.value would contain multiple lzFees.
     * @dev Should be overridden in the event the LayerZero endpoint requires a different native currency.
     * @dev Some EVMs use an ERC20 as a method for paying transactions/gasFees.
     * @dev The endpoint is EITHER/OR, ie. it will NOT support both types of native payment at a time.
     */
    function _payNative(uint256 _nativeFee) internal virtual returns (uint256 nativeFee) {
        if (msg.value != _nativeFee) revert NotEnoughNative(msg.value);
        return _nativeFee;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to pay the LZ token fee associated with the message.
     * @param _lzTokenFee The LZ token fee to be paid.
     *
     * @dev If the caller is trying to pay in the specified lzToken, then the lzTokenFee is passed to the endpoint.
     * @dev Any excess sent, is passed back to the specified _refundAddress in the _lzSend().
     */
    function _payLzToken(uint256 _lzTokenFee) internal virtual {
        // @dev Cannot cache the token because it is not immutable in the endpoint.
        address lzToken = endpoint.lzToken();
        if (lzToken == address(0)) revert LzTokenUnavailable();

        // Pay LZ token fee by sending tokens to the endpoint.
        IERC20(lzToken).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(endpoint), _lzTokenFee);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 85 的 113:OAppUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

// @dev Import the 'MessagingFee' and 'MessagingReceipt' so it's exposed to OApp implementers
// solhint-disable-next-line no-unused-import
import { OAppSenderUpgradeable, MessagingFee, MessagingReceipt } from "./OAppSenderUpgradeable.sol";
// @dev Import the 'Origin' so it's exposed to OApp implementers
// solhint-disable-next-line no-unused-import
import { OAppReceiverUpgradeable, Origin } from "./OAppReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import { OAppCoreUpgradeable } from "./OAppCoreUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title OApp
 * @dev Abstract contract serving as the base for OApp implementation, combining OAppSender and OAppReceiver functionality.
 */
abstract contract OAppUpgradeable is OAppSenderUpgradeable, OAppReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Constructor to initialize the OApp with the provided endpoint and owner.
     * @param _endpoint The address of the LOCAL LayerZero endpoint.
     */
    constructor(address _endpoint) OAppCoreUpgradeable(_endpoint) {}

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the OApp with the provided delegate.
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     *
     * @dev The delegate typically should be set as the owner of the contract.
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OApp_init(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        __OAppCore_init(_delegate);
        __OAppReceiver_init_unchained();
        __OAppSender_init_unchained();
    }

    function __OApp_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves the OApp version information.
     * @return senderVersion The version of the OAppSender.sol implementation.
     * @return receiverVersion The version of the OAppReceiver.sol implementation.
     */
    function oAppVersion()
        public
        pure
        virtual
        override(OAppSenderUpgradeable, OAppReceiverUpgradeable)
        returns (uint64 senderVersion, uint64 receiverVersion)
    {
        return (SENDER_VERSION, RECEIVER_VERSION);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 86 的 113:OFTAdapterUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Metadata, IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol";
import { SafeERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import { IOFT, OFTCoreUpgradeable } from "./OFTCoreUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title OFTAdapter Contract
 * @dev OFTAdapter is a contract that adapts an ERC-20 token to the OFT functionality.
 *
 * @dev For existing ERC20 tokens, this can be used to convert the token to crosschain compatibility.
 * @dev WARNING: ONLY 1 of these should exist for a given global mesh,
 * unless you make a NON-default implementation of OFT and needs to be done very carefully.
 * @dev WARNING: The default OFTAdapter implementation assumes LOSSLESS transfers, ie. 1 token in, 1 token out.
 * IF the 'innerToken' applies something like a transfer fee, the default will NOT work...
 * a pre/post balance check will need to be done to calculate the amountSentLD/amountReceivedLD.
 */
abstract contract OFTAdapterUpgradeable is OFTCoreUpgradeable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;

    IERC20 internal immutable innerToken;

    /**
     * @dev Constructor for the OFTAdapter contract.
     * @param _token The address of the ERC-20 token to be adapted.
     * @param _lzEndpoint The LayerZero endpoint address.
     * @dev _token must implement the IERC20 interface, and include a decimals() function.
     */
    constructor(
        address _token,
        address _lzEndpoint
    ) OFTCoreUpgradeable(IERC20Metadata(_token).decimals(), _lzEndpoint) {
        innerToken = IERC20(_token);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the OFTAdapter with the provided delegate.
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     *
     * @dev The delegate typically should be set as the owner of the contract.
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OFTAdapter_init(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        __OFTCore_init(_delegate);
    }

    function __OFTAdapter_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the address of the underlying ERC20 implementation.
     * @return The address of the adapted ERC-20 token.
     *
     * @dev In the case of OFTAdapter, address(this) and erc20 are NOT the same contract.
     */
    function token() public view returns (address) {
        return address(innerToken);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Indicates whether the OFT contract requires approval of the 'token()' to send.
     * @return requiresApproval Needs approval of the underlying token implementation.
     *
     * @dev In the case of default OFTAdapter, approval is required.
     * @dev In non-default OFTAdapter contracts with something like mint and burn privileges, it would NOT need approval.
     */
    function approvalRequired() external pure virtual returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Burns tokens from the sender's specified balance, ie. pull method.
     * @param _from The address to debit from.
     * @param _amountLD The amount of tokens to send in local decimals.
     * @param _minAmountLD The minimum amount to send in local decimals.
     * @param _dstEid The destination chain ID.
     * @return amountSentLD The amount sent in local decimals.
     * @return amountReceivedLD The amount received in local decimals on the remote.
     *
     * @dev msg.sender will need to approve this _amountLD of tokens to be locked inside of the contract.
     * @dev WARNING: The default OFTAdapter implementation assumes LOSSLESS transfers, ie. 1 token in, 1 token out.
     * IF the 'innerToken' applies something like a transfer fee, the default will NOT work...
     * a pre/post balance check will need to be done to calculate the amountReceivedLD.
     */
    function _debit(
        address _from,
        uint256 _amountLD,
        uint256 _minAmountLD,
        uint32 _dstEid
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256 amountSentLD, uint256 amountReceivedLD) {
        (amountSentLD, amountReceivedLD) = _debitView(_amountLD, _minAmountLD, _dstEid);
        // @dev Lock tokens by moving them into this contract from the caller.
        innerToken.safeTransferFrom(_from, address(this), amountSentLD);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Credits tokens to the specified address.
     * @param _to The address to credit the tokens to.
     * @param _amountLD The amount of tokens to credit in local decimals.
     * @dev _srcEid The source chain ID.
     * @return amountReceivedLD The amount of tokens ACTUALLY received in local decimals.
     *
     * @dev WARNING: The default OFTAdapter implementation assumes LOSSLESS transfers, ie. 1 token in, 1 token out.
     * IF the 'innerToken' applies something like a transfer fee, the default will NOT work...
     * a pre/post balance check will need to be done to calculate the amountReceivedLD.
     */
    function _credit(
        address _to,
        uint256 _amountLD,
        uint32 /*_srcEid*/
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256 amountReceivedLD) {
        // @dev Unlock the tokens and transfer to the recipient.
        innerToken.safeTransfer(_to, _amountLD);
        // @dev In the case of NON-default OFTAdapter, the amountLD MIGHT not be == amountReceivedLD.
        return _amountLD;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 87 的 113:OFTComposeMsgCodec.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

library OFTComposeMsgCodec {
    // Offset constants for decoding composed messages
    uint8 private constant NONCE_OFFSET = 8;
    uint8 private constant SRC_EID_OFFSET = 12;
    uint8 private constant AMOUNT_LD_OFFSET = 44;
    uint8 private constant COMPOSE_FROM_OFFSET = 76;

    /**
     * @dev Encodes a OFT composed message.
     * @param _nonce The nonce value.
     * @param _srcEid The source endpoint ID.
     * @param _amountLD The amount in local decimals.
     * @param _composeMsg The composed message.
     * @return _msg The encoded Composed message.
     */
    function encode(
        uint64 _nonce,
        uint32 _srcEid,
        uint256 _amountLD,
        bytes memory _composeMsg // 0x[composeFrom][composeMsg]
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory _msg) {
        _msg = abi.encodePacked(_nonce, _srcEid, _amountLD, _composeMsg);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the nonce for the composed message.
     * @param _msg The message.
     * @return The nonce value.
     */
    function nonce(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(bytes8(_msg[:NONCE_OFFSET]));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the source endpoint ID for the composed message.
     * @param _msg The message.
     * @return The source endpoint ID.
     */
    function srcEid(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        return uint32(bytes4(_msg[NONCE_OFFSET:SRC_EID_OFFSET]));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the amount in local decimals from the composed message.
     * @param _msg The message.
     * @return The amount in local decimals.
     */
    function amountLD(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(bytes32(_msg[SRC_EID_OFFSET:AMOUNT_LD_OFFSET]));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the composeFrom value from the composed message.
     * @param _msg The message.
     * @return The composeFrom value.
     */
    function composeFrom(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(_msg[AMOUNT_LD_OFFSET:COMPOSE_FROM_OFFSET]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the composed message.
     * @param _msg The message.
     * @return The composed message.
     */
    function composeMsg(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return _msg[COMPOSE_FROM_OFFSET:];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an address to bytes32.
     * @param _addr The address to convert.
     * @return The bytes32 representation of the address.
     */
    function addressToBytes32(address _addr) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(uint256(uint160(_addr)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts bytes32 to an address.
     * @param _b The bytes32 value to convert.
     * @return The address representation of bytes32.
     */
    function bytes32ToAddress(bytes32 _b) internal pure returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_b)));
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 88 的 113:OFTCoreUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { OAppUpgradeable, Origin } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm-upgradeable/contracts/oapp/OAppUpgradeable.sol";
import { OAppOptionsType3Upgradeable } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm-upgradeable/contracts/oapp/libs/OAppOptionsType3Upgradeable.sol";
import { IOAppMsgInspector } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/contracts/oapp/interfaces/IOAppMsgInspector.sol";

import { OAppPreCrimeSimulatorUpgradeable } from "@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm-upgradeable/contracts/precrime/OAppPreCrimeSimulatorUpgradeable.sol";

import { IOFT, SendParam, OFTLimit, OFTReceipt, OFTFeeDetail, MessagingReceipt, MessagingFee } from "@layerzerolabs/oft-evm/contracts/interfaces/IOFT.sol";
import { OFTMsgCodec } from "@layerzerolabs/oft-evm/contracts/libs/OFTMsgCodec.sol";
import { OFTComposeMsgCodec } from "@layerzerolabs/oft-evm/contracts/libs/OFTComposeMsgCodec.sol";

/**
 * @title OFTCore
 * @dev Abstract contract for the OftChain (OFT) token.
 */
abstract contract OFTCoreUpgradeable is
    IOFT,
    OAppUpgradeable,
    OAppPreCrimeSimulatorUpgradeable,
    OAppOptionsType3Upgradeable
{
    using OFTMsgCodec for bytes;
    using OFTMsgCodec for bytes32;

    struct OFTCoreStorage {
        // Address of an optional contract to inspect both 'message' and 'options'
        address msgInspector;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("layerzerov2.storage.oftcore")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant OFT_CORE_STORAGE_LOCATION =
        0x41db8a78b0206aba5c54bcbfc2bda0d84082a84eb88e680379a57b9e9f653c00;

    // @notice Provides a conversion rate when swapping between denominations of SD and LD
    //      - shareDecimals == SD == shared Decimals
    //      - localDecimals == LD == local decimals
    // @dev Considers that tokens have different decimal amounts on various chains.
    // @dev eg.
    //  For a token
    //      - locally with 4 decimals --> 1.2345 => uint(12345)
    //      - remotely with 2 decimals --> 1.23 => uint(123)
    //      - The conversion rate would be 10 ** (4 - 2) = 100
    //  @dev If you want to send 1.2345 -> (uint 12345), you CANNOT represent that value on the remote,
    //  you can only display 1.23 -> uint(123).
    //  @dev To preserve the dust that would otherwise be lost on that conversion,
    //  we need to unify a denomination that can be represented on ALL chains inside of the OFT mesh
    uint256 public immutable decimalConversionRate;

    // @notice Msg types that are used to identify the various OFT operations.
    // @dev This can be extended in child contracts for non-default oft operations
    // @dev These values are used in things like combineOptions() in OAppOptionsType3.sol.
    uint16 public constant SEND = 1;
    uint16 public constant SEND_AND_CALL = 2;

    event MsgInspectorSet(address inspector);

    function _getOFTCoreStorage() internal pure returns (OFTCoreStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := OFT_CORE_STORAGE_LOCATION
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Constructor.
     * @param _localDecimals The decimals of the token on the local chain (this chain).
     * @param _endpoint The address of the LayerZero endpoint.
     */
    constructor(uint8 _localDecimals, address _endpoint) OAppUpgradeable(_endpoint) {
        if (_localDecimals < sharedDecimals()) revert InvalidLocalDecimals();
        decimalConversionRate = 10 ** (_localDecimals - sharedDecimals());
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieves interfaceID and the version of the OFT.
     * @return interfaceId The interface ID.
     * @return version The version.
     *
     * @dev interfaceId: This specific interface ID is '0x02e49c2c'.
     * @dev version: Indicates a cross-chain compatible msg encoding with other OFTs.
     * @dev If a new feature is added to the OFT cross-chain msg encoding, the version will be incremented.
     * ie. localOFT version(x,1) CAN send messages to remoteOFT version(x,1)
     */
    function oftVersion() external pure virtual returns (bytes4 interfaceId, uint64 version) {
        return (type(IOFT).interfaceId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the OFTCore contract.
     * @param _delegate The delegate capable of making OApp configurations inside of the endpoint.
     *
     * @dev The delegate typically should be set as the owner of the contract.
     * @dev Ownable is not initialized here on purpose. It should be initialized in the child contract to
     * accommodate the different version of Ownable.
     */
    function __OFTCore_init(address _delegate) internal onlyInitializing {
        __OApp_init(_delegate);
        __OAppPreCrimeSimulator_init();
        __OAppOptionsType3_init();
    }

    function __OFTCore_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    function msgInspector() public view returns (address) {
        OFTCoreStorage storage $ = _getOFTCoreStorage();
        return $.msgInspector;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the shared decimals of the OFT.
     * @return The shared decimals of the OFT.
     *
     * @dev Sets an implicit cap on the amount of tokens, over uint64.max() will need some sort of outbound cap / totalSupply cap
     * Lowest common decimal denominator between chains.
     * Defaults to 6 decimal places to provide up to 18,446,744,073,709.551615 units (max uint64).
     * For tokens exceeding this totalSupply(), they will need to override the sharedDecimals function with something smaller.
     * ie. 4 sharedDecimals would be 1,844,674,407,370,955.1615
     */
    function sharedDecimals() public pure virtual returns (uint8) {
        return 6;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the message inspector address for the OFT.
     * @param _msgInspector The address of the message inspector.
     *
     * @dev This is an optional contract that can be used to inspect both 'message' and 'options'.
     * @dev Set it to address(0) to disable it, or set it to a contract address to enable it.
     */
    function setMsgInspector(address _msgInspector) public virtual onlyOwner {
        OFTCoreStorage storage $ = _getOFTCoreStorage();
        $.msgInspector = _msgInspector;
        emit MsgInspectorSet(_msgInspector);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Provides a quote for OFT-related operations.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send operation.
     * @return oftLimit The OFT limit information.
     * @return oftFeeDetails The details of OFT fees.
     * @return oftReceipt The OFT receipt information.
     */
    function quoteOFT(
        SendParam calldata _sendParam
    )
        external
        view
        virtual
        returns (OFTLimit memory oftLimit, OFTFeeDetail[] memory oftFeeDetails, OFTReceipt memory oftReceipt)
    {
        uint256 minAmountLD = 0; // Unused in the default implementation.
        uint256 maxAmountLD = type(uint64).max; // Unused in the default implementation.
        oftLimit = OFTLimit(minAmountLD, maxAmountLD);

        // Unused in the default implementation; reserved for future complex fee details.
        oftFeeDetails = new OFTFeeDetail[](0);

        // @dev This is the same as the send() operation, but without the actual send.
        // - amountSentLD is the amount in local decimals that would be sent from the sender.
        // - amountReceivedLD is the amount in local decimals that will be credited to the recipient on the remote OFT instance.
        // @dev The amountSentLD MIGHT not equal the amount the user actually receives. HOWEVER, the default does.
        (uint256 amountSentLD, uint256 amountReceivedLD) = _debitView(
            _sendParam.amountLD,
            _sendParam.minAmountLD,
            _sendParam.dstEid
        );
        oftReceipt = OFTReceipt(amountSentLD, amountReceivedLD);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Provides a quote for the send() operation.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send() operation.
     * @param _payInLzToken Flag indicating whether the caller is paying in the LZ token.
     * @return msgFee The calculated LayerZero messaging fee from the send() operation.
     *
     * @dev MessagingFee: LayerZero msg fee
     *  - nativeFee: The native fee.
     *  - lzTokenFee: The lzToken fee.
     */
    function quoteSend(
        SendParam calldata _sendParam,
        bool _payInLzToken
    ) external view virtual returns (MessagingFee memory msgFee) {
        // @dev mock the amount to receive, this is the same operation used in the send().
        // The quote is as similar as possible to the actual send() operation.
        (, uint256 amountReceivedLD) = _debitView(_sendParam.amountLD, _sendParam.minAmountLD, _sendParam.dstEid);

        // @dev Builds the options and OFT message to quote in the endpoint.
        (bytes memory message, bytes memory options) = _buildMsgAndOptions(_sendParam, amountReceivedLD);

        // @dev Calculates the LayerZero fee for the send() operation.
        return _quote(_sendParam.dstEid, message, options, _payInLzToken);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Executes the send operation.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send operation.
     * @param _fee The calculated fee for the send() operation.
     *      - nativeFee: The native fee.
     *      - lzTokenFee: The lzToken fee.
     * @param _refundAddress The address to receive any excess funds.
     * @return msgReceipt The receipt for the send operation.
     * @return oftReceipt The OFT receipt information.
     *
     * @dev MessagingReceipt: LayerZero msg receipt
     *  - guid: The unique identifier for the sent message.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the sent message.
     *  - fee: The LayerZero fee incurred for the message.
     */
    function send(
        SendParam calldata _sendParam,
        MessagingFee calldata _fee,
        address _refundAddress
    ) external payable virtual returns (MessagingReceipt memory msgReceipt, OFTReceipt memory oftReceipt) {
        // @dev Applies the token transfers regarding this send() operation.
        // - amountSentLD is the amount in local decimals that was ACTUALLY sent/debited from the sender.
        // - amountReceivedLD is the amount in local decimals that will be received/credited to the recipient on the remote OFT instance.
        (uint256 amountSentLD, uint256 amountReceivedLD) = _debit(
            msg.sender,
            _sendParam.amountLD,
            _sendParam.minAmountLD,
            _sendParam.dstEid
        );

        // @dev Builds the options and OFT message to quote in the endpoint.
        (bytes memory message, bytes memory options) = _buildMsgAndOptions(_sendParam, amountReceivedLD);

        // @dev Sends the message to the LayerZero endpoint and returns the LayerZero msg receipt.
        msgReceipt = _lzSend(_sendParam.dstEid, message, options, _fee, _refundAddress);
        // @dev Formulate the OFT receipt.
        oftReceipt = OFTReceipt(amountSentLD, amountReceivedLD);

        emit OFTSent(msgReceipt.guid, _sendParam.dstEid, msg.sender, amountSentLD, amountReceivedLD);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to build the message and options.
     * @param _sendParam The parameters for the send() operation.
     * @param _amountLD The amount in local decimals.
     * @return message The encoded message.
     * @return options The encoded options.
     */
    function _buildMsgAndOptions(
        SendParam calldata _sendParam,
        uint256 _amountLD
    ) internal view virtual returns (bytes memory message, bytes memory options) {
        bool hasCompose;
        // @dev This generated message has the msg.sender encoded into the payload so the remote knows who the caller is.
        (message, hasCompose) = OFTMsgCodec.encode(
            _sendParam.to,
            _toSD(_amountLD),
            // @dev Must be include a non empty bytes if you want to compose, EVEN if you dont need it on the remote.
            // EVEN if you dont require an arbitrary payload to be sent... eg. '0x01'
            _sendParam.composeMsg
        );
        // @dev Change the msg type depending if its composed or not.
        uint16 msgType = hasCompose ? SEND_AND_CALL : SEND;
        // @dev Combine the callers _extraOptions with the enforced options via the OAppOptionsType3.
        options = combineOptions(_sendParam.dstEid, msgType, _sendParam.extraOptions);

        OFTCoreStorage storage $ = _getOFTCoreStorage();

        // @dev Optionally inspect the message and options depending if the OApp owner has set a msg inspector.
        // @dev If it fails inspection, needs to revert in the implementation. ie. does not rely on return boolean
        address inspector = $.msgInspector; // caches the msgInspector to avoid potential double storage read
        if (inspector != address(0)) IOAppMsgInspector(inspector).inspect(message, options);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to handle the receive on the LayerZero endpoint.
     * @param _origin The origin information.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address from the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the LayerZero message.
     * @param _guid The unique identifier for the received LayerZero message.
     * @param _message The encoded message.
     * @dev _executor The address of the executor.
     * @dev _extraData Additional data.
     */
    function _lzReceive(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address /*_executor*/, // @dev unused in the default implementation.
        bytes calldata /*_extraData*/ // @dev unused in the default implementation.
    ) internal virtual override {
        // @dev The src sending chain doesnt know the address length on this chain (potentially non-evm)
        // Thus everything is bytes32() encoded in flight.
        address toAddress = _message.sendTo().bytes32ToAddress();
        // @dev Credit the amountLD to the recipient and return the ACTUAL amount the recipient received in local decimals
        uint256 amountReceivedLD = _credit(toAddress, _toLD(_message.amountSD()), _origin.srcEid);

        if (_message.isComposed()) {
            // @dev Proprietary composeMsg format for the OFT.
            bytes memory composeMsg = OFTComposeMsgCodec.encode(
                _origin.nonce,
                _origin.srcEid,
                amountReceivedLD,
                _message.composeMsg()
            );

            // @dev Stores the lzCompose payload that will be executed in a separate tx.
            // Standardizes functionality for executing arbitrary contract invocation on some non-evm chains.
            // @dev The off-chain executor will listen and process the msg based on the src-chain-callers compose options passed.
            // @dev The index is used when a OApp needs to compose multiple msgs on lzReceive.
            // For default OFT implementation there is only 1 compose msg per lzReceive, thus its always 0.
            endpoint.sendCompose(toAddress, _guid, 0 /* the index of the composed message*/, composeMsg);
        }

        emit OFTReceived(_guid, _origin.srcEid, toAddress, amountReceivedLD);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to handle the OAppPreCrimeSimulator simulated receive.
     * @param _origin The origin information.
     *  - srcEid: The source chain endpoint ID.
     *  - sender: The sender address from the src chain.
     *  - nonce: The nonce of the LayerZero message.
     * @param _guid The unique identifier for the received LayerZero message.
     * @param _message The LayerZero message.
     * @param _executor The address of the off-chain executor.
     * @param _extraData Arbitrary data passed by the msg executor.
     *
     * @dev Enables the preCrime simulator to mock sending lzReceive() messages,
     * routes the msg down from the OAppPreCrimeSimulator, and back up to the OAppReceiver.
     */
    function _lzReceiveSimulate(
        Origin calldata _origin,
        bytes32 _guid,
        bytes calldata _message,
        address _executor,
        bytes calldata _extraData
    ) internal virtual override {
        _lzReceive(_origin, _guid, _message, _executor, _extraData);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check if the peer is considered 'trusted' by the OApp.
     * @param _eid The endpoint ID to check.
     * @param _peer The peer to check.
     * @return Whether the peer passed is considered 'trusted' by the OApp.
     *
     * @dev Enables OAppPreCrimeSimulator to check whether a potential Inbound Packet is from a trusted source.
     */
    function isPeer(uint32 _eid, bytes32 _peer) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return peers(_eid) == _peer;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to remove dust from the given local decimal amount.
     * @param _amountLD The amount in local decimals.
     * @return amountLD The amount after removing dust.
     *
     * @dev Prevents the loss of dust when moving amounts between chains with different decimals.
     * @dev eg. uint(123) with a conversion rate of 100 becomes uint(100).
     */
    function _removeDust(uint256 _amountLD) internal view virtual returns (uint256 amountLD) {
        return (_amountLD / decimalConversionRate) * decimalConversionRate;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to convert an amount from shared decimals into local decimals.
     * @param _amountSD The amount in shared decimals.
     * @return amountLD The amount in local decimals.
     */
    function _toLD(uint64 _amountSD) internal view virtual returns (uint256 amountLD) {
        return _amountSD * decimalConversionRate;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to convert an amount from local decimals into shared decimals.
     * @param _amountLD The amount in local decimals.
     * @return amountSD The amount in shared decimals.
     */
    function _toSD(uint256 _amountLD) internal view virtual returns (uint64 amountSD) {
        return uint64(_amountLD / decimalConversionRate);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to mock the amount mutation from a OFT debit() operation.
     * @param _amountLD The amount to send in local decimals.
     * @param _minAmountLD The minimum amount to send in local decimals.
     * @dev _dstEid The destination endpoint ID.
     * @return amountSentLD The amount sent, in local decimals.
     * @return amountReceivedLD The amount to be received on the remote chain, in local decimals.
     *
     * @dev This is where things like fees would be calculated and deducted from the amount to be received on the remote.
     */
    function _debitView(
        uint256 _amountLD,
        uint256 _minAmountLD,
        uint32 /*_dstEid*/
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint256 amountSentLD, uint256 amountReceivedLD) {
        // @dev Remove the dust so nothing is lost on the conversion between chains with different decimals for the token.
        amountSentLD = _removeDust(_amountLD);
        // @dev The amount to send is the same as amount received in the default implementation.
        amountReceivedLD = amountSentLD;

        // @dev Check for slippage.
        if (amountReceivedLD < _minAmountLD) {
            revert SlippageExceeded(amountReceivedLD, _minAmountLD);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a debit operation.
     * @param _from The address to debit from.
     * @param _amountLD The amount to send in local decimals.
     * @param _minAmountLD The minimum amount to send in local decimals.
     * @param _dstEid The destination endpoint ID.
     * @return amountSentLD The amount sent in local decimals.
     * @return amountReceivedLD The amount received in local decimals on the remote.
     *
     * @dev Defined here but are intended to be overriden depending on the OFT implementation.
     * @dev Depending on OFT implementation the _amountLD could differ from the amountReceivedLD.
     */
    function _debit(
        address _from,
        uint256 _amountLD,
        uint256 _minAmountLD,
        uint32 _dstEid
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256 amountSentLD, uint256 amountReceivedLD);

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a credit operation.
     * @param _to The address to credit.
     * @param _amountLD The amount to credit in local decimals.
     * @param _srcEid The source endpoint ID.
     * @return amountReceivedLD The amount ACTUALLY received in local decimals.
     *
     * @dev Defined here but are intended to be overriden depending on the OFT implementation.
     * @dev Depending on OFT implementation the _amountLD could differ from the amountReceivedLD.
     */
    function _credit(
        address _to,
        uint256 _amountLD,
        uint32 _srcEid
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256 amountReceivedLD);
}
合同源代码
文件 89 的 113:OFTMsgCodec.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

library OFTMsgCodec {
    // Offset constants for encoding and decoding OFT messages
    uint8 private constant SEND_TO_OFFSET = 32;
    uint8 private constant SEND_AMOUNT_SD_OFFSET = 40;

    /**
     * @dev Encodes an OFT LayerZero message.
     * @param _sendTo The recipient address.
     * @param _amountShared The amount in shared decimals.
     * @param _composeMsg The composed message.
     * @return _msg The encoded message.
     * @return hasCompose A boolean indicating whether the message has a composed payload.
     */
    function encode(
        bytes32 _sendTo,
        uint64 _amountShared,
        bytes memory _composeMsg
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory _msg, bool hasCompose) {
        hasCompose = _composeMsg.length > 0;
        // @dev Remote chains will want to know the composed function caller ie. msg.sender on the src.
        _msg = hasCompose
            ? abi.encodePacked(_sendTo, _amountShared, addressToBytes32(msg.sender), _composeMsg)
            : abi.encodePacked(_sendTo, _amountShared);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks if the OFT message is composed.
     * @param _msg The OFT message.
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the message is composed.
     */
    function isComposed(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return _msg.length > SEND_AMOUNT_SD_OFFSET;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the recipient address from the OFT message.
     * @param _msg The OFT message.
     * @return The recipient address.
     */
    function sendTo(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(_msg[:SEND_TO_OFFSET]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the amount in shared decimals from the OFT message.
     * @param _msg The OFT message.
     * @return The amount in shared decimals.
     */
    function amountSD(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(bytes8(_msg[SEND_TO_OFFSET:SEND_AMOUNT_SD_OFFSET]));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the composed message from the OFT message.
     * @param _msg The OFT message.
     * @return The composed message.
     */
    function composeMsg(bytes calldata _msg) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return _msg[SEND_AMOUNT_SD_OFFSET:];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an address to bytes32.
     * @param _addr The address to convert.
     * @return The bytes32 representation of the address.
     */
    function addressToBytes32(address _addr) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(uint256(uint160(_addr)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts bytes32 to an address.
     * @param _b The bytes32 value to convert.
     * @return The address representation of bytes32.
     */
    function bytes32ToAddress(bytes32 _b) internal pure returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_b)));
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 90 的 113:OptionsBuilder.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { BytesLib } from "solidity-bytes-utils/contracts/BytesLib.sol";
import { SafeCast } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/math/SafeCast.sol";

import { ExecutorOptions } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-messagelib-v2/contracts/libs/ExecutorOptions.sol";
import { DVNOptions } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-messagelib-v2/contracts/uln/libs/DVNOptions.sol";

/**
 * @title OptionsBuilder
 * @dev Library for building and encoding various message options.
 */
library OptionsBuilder {
    using SafeCast for uint256;
    using BytesLib for bytes;

    // Constants for options types
    uint16 internal constant TYPE_1 = 1; // legacy options type 1
    uint16 internal constant TYPE_2 = 2; // legacy options type 2
    uint16 internal constant TYPE_3 = 3;

    // Custom error message
    error InvalidSize(uint256 max, uint256 actual);
    error InvalidOptionType(uint16 optionType);

    // Modifier to ensure only options of type 3 are used
    modifier onlyType3(bytes memory _options) {
        if (_options.toUint16(0) != TYPE_3) revert InvalidOptionType(_options.toUint16(0));
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates a new options container with type 3.
     * @return options The newly created options container.
     */
    function newOptions() internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodePacked(TYPE_3);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds an executor LZ receive option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @param _gas The gasLimit used on the lzReceive() function in the OApp.
     * @param _value The msg.value passed to the lzReceive() function in the OApp.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     *
     * @dev When multiples of this option are added, they are summed by the executor
     * eg. if (_gas: 200k, and _value: 1 ether) AND (_gas: 100k, _value: 0.5 ether) are sent in an option to the LayerZeroEndpoint,
     * that becomes (300k, 1.5 ether) when the message is executed on the remote lzReceive() function.
     */
    function addExecutorLzReceiveOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint128 _gas,
        uint128 _value
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory option = ExecutorOptions.encodeLzReceiveOption(_gas, _value);
        return addExecutorOption(_options, ExecutorOptions.OPTION_TYPE_LZRECEIVE, option);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds an executor native drop option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @param _amount The amount for the native value that is airdropped to the 'receiver'.
     * @param _receiver The receiver address for the native drop option.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     *
     * @dev When multiples of this option are added, they are summed by the executor on the remote chain.
     */
    function addExecutorNativeDropOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint128 _amount,
        bytes32 _receiver
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory option = ExecutorOptions.encodeNativeDropOption(_amount, _receiver);
        return addExecutorOption(_options, ExecutorOptions.OPTION_TYPE_NATIVE_DROP, option);
    }

    // /**
    //  * @dev Adds an executor native drop option to the existing options.
    //  * @param _options The existing options container.
    //  * @param _amount The amount for the native value that is airdropped to the 'receiver'.
    //  * @param _receiver The receiver address for the native drop option.
    //  * @return options The updated options container.
    //  *
    //  * @dev When multiples of this option are added, they are summed by the executor on the remote chain.
    //  */
    function addExecutorLzReadOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint128 _gas,
        uint32 _size,
        uint128 _value
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory option = ExecutorOptions.encodeLzReadOption(_gas, _size, _value);
        return addExecutorOption(_options, ExecutorOptions.OPTION_TYPE_LZREAD, option);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds an executor LZ compose option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @param _index The index for the lzCompose() function call.
     * @param _gas The gasLimit for the lzCompose() function call.
     * @param _value The msg.value for the lzCompose() function call.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     *
     * @dev When multiples of this option are added, they are summed PER index by the executor on the remote chain.
     * @dev If the OApp sends N lzCompose calls on the remote, you must provide N incremented indexes starting with 0.
     * ie. When your remote OApp composes (N = 3) messages, you must set this option for index 0,1,2
     */
    function addExecutorLzComposeOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint16 _index,
        uint128 _gas,
        uint128 _value
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory option = ExecutorOptions.encodeLzComposeOption(_index, _gas, _value);
        return addExecutorOption(_options, ExecutorOptions.OPTION_TYPE_LZCOMPOSE, option);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds an executor ordered execution option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     */
    function addExecutorOrderedExecutionOption(
        bytes memory _options
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        return addExecutorOption(_options, ExecutorOptions.OPTION_TYPE_ORDERED_EXECUTION, bytes(""));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a DVN pre-crime option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @param _dvnIdx The DVN index for the pre-crime option.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     */
    function addDVNPreCrimeOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint8 _dvnIdx
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        return addDVNOption(_options, _dvnIdx, DVNOptions.OPTION_TYPE_PRECRIME, bytes(""));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds an executor option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @param _optionType The type of the executor option.
     * @param _option The encoded data for the executor option.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     */
    function addExecutorOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint8 _optionType,
        bytes memory _option
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            abi.encodePacked(
                _options,
                ExecutorOptions.WORKER_ID,
                _option.length.toUint16() + 1, // +1 for optionType
                _optionType,
                _option
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a DVN option to the existing options.
     * @param _options The existing options container.
     * @param _dvnIdx The DVN index for the DVN option.
     * @param _optionType The type of the DVN option.
     * @param _option The encoded data for the DVN option.
     * @return options The updated options container.
     */
    function addDVNOption(
        bytes memory _options,
        uint8 _dvnIdx,
        uint8 _optionType,
        bytes memory _option
    ) internal pure onlyType3(_options) returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            abi.encodePacked(
                _options,
                DVNOptions.WORKER_ID,
                _option.length.toUint16() + 2, // +2 for optionType and dvnIdx
                _dvnIdx,
                _optionType,
                _option
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Encodes legacy options of type 1.
     * @param _executionGas The gasLimit value passed to lzReceive().
     * @return legacyOptions The encoded legacy options.
     */
    function encodeLegacyOptionsType1(uint256 _executionGas) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (_executionGas > type(uint128).max) revert InvalidSize(type(uint128).max, _executionGas);
        return abi.encodePacked(TYPE_1, _executionGas);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Encodes legacy options of type 2.
     * @param _executionGas The gasLimit value passed to lzReceive().
     * @param _nativeForDst The amount of native air dropped to the receiver.
     * @param _receiver The _nativeForDst receiver address.
     * @return legacyOptions The encoded legacy options of type 2.
     */
    function encodeLegacyOptionsType2(
        uint256 _executionGas,
        uint256 _nativeForDst,
        bytes memory _receiver // @dev Use bytes instead of bytes32 in legacy type 2 for _receiver.
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (_executionGas > type(uint128).max) revert InvalidSize(type(uint128).max, _executionGas);
        if (_nativeForDst > type(uint128).max) revert InvalidSize(type(uint128).max, _nativeForDst);
        if (_receiver.length > 32) revert InvalidSize(32, _receiver.length);
        return abi.encodePacked(TYPE_2, _executionGas, _nativeForDst, _receiver);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 91 的 113:OracleFeeds.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol";

contract OracleFeeds is AccessControl {
  bytes32 public constant GOV_ROLE = keccak256("GOV_ROLE");

  // Mapping of token pairs to their price feed addresses
  mapping(address => mapping(address => address)) public priceFeeds;
  mapping(address => uint256) public feedHeartbeats;

  constructor() {
    _grantRole(GOV_ROLE, msg.sender);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the price feed for a given token pair
   * @param tokenA Address of the first token
   * @param tokenB Address of the second token
   * @param priceFeed Address of the price feed oracle
   *
   * Note: address(0) is a special address that represents USD (IRL asset)
   */
  function setPriceFeed(address tokenA, address tokenB, address priceFeed, uint256 heartbeat)
    external
    onlyRole(GOV_ROLE)
  {
    priceFeeds[tokenA][tokenB] = priceFeed;

    if (heartbeat == 0) heartbeat = 1 days;

    feedHeartbeats[priceFeed] = heartbeat;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
   * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted} event.
   * @param role The role to grant
   * @param account The account to grant the role to
   */
  function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    _grantRole(role, account);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
   * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
   * @param role The role to revoke
   * @param account The account to revoke the role from
   */
  function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    _revokeRole(role, account);
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 92 的 113:OracleReader.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {OracleFeeds} from "./OracleFeeds.sol";
import {AggregatorV3Interface} from "@chainlink/contracts/src/v0.8/shared/interfaces/AggregatorV3Interface.sol";

/**
 * @title OracleReader
 * @dev Contract for reading price data from Chainlink oracles
 */
contract OracleReader {
  address public oracleFeeds;
  uint256[49] private __gap;

  // @note: address(0) is a special address that represents USD (IRL asset)
  address public constant USD = address(0);
  // @note: special address that represents ETH (Chainlink asset)
  address public constant ETH = address(0xEeeeeEeeeEeEeeEeEeEeeEEEeeeeEeeeeeeeEEeE);

  /**
   * @dev Error thrown when no valid price is found
   */
  error NoPriceFound();

  /**
   * @dev Error thrown when no valid feed is found
   */
  error NoFeedFound();

  /**
   * @dev Error thrown when the price is stale
   */
  error StalePrice();

  /**
   * @dev Error thrown when oracle feeds are aready initialized
   */
  error AlreadyInitialized();

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the contract with the OracleFeeds address
   * @param _oracleFeeds Address of the OracleFeeds contract
   */
  function __OracleReader_init(address _oracleFeeds) internal {
    require(oracleFeeds == address(0), AlreadyInitialized());
    oracleFeeds = _oracleFeeds;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Retrieves the latest price from the oracle
   * @return price from the oracle
   * @dev Reverts if the price data is older than chainlink's heartbeat
   */
  function getOraclePrice(address quote, address base) public view returns (uint256) {
    bool isInverted = false;
    address feed = OracleFeeds(oracleFeeds).priceFeeds(quote, base);

    if (feed == address(0)) {
      feed = OracleFeeds(oracleFeeds).priceFeeds(base, quote);
      if (feed == address(0)) revert NoFeedFound();

      // Invert the price
      isInverted = true;
    }
    (, int256 answer,, uint256 updatedTimestamp,) = AggregatorV3Interface(feed).latestRoundData();

    if (updatedTimestamp + OracleFeeds(oracleFeeds).feedHeartbeats(feed) < block.timestamp) revert StalePrice();

    uint256 decimals = uint256(AggregatorV3Interface(feed).decimals());
    return isInverted ? (10 ** decimals * 10 ** decimals) / uint256(answer) : uint256(answer);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Retrieves the number of decimals used in the oracle's price data
   * @return decimals Number of decimals used in the price data
   */
  function getOracleDecimals(address quote, address base) public view returns (uint8 decimals) {
    address feed = OracleFeeds(oracleFeeds).priceFeeds(quote, base);

    if (feed == address(0)) {
      feed = OracleFeeds(oracleFeeds).priceFeeds(base, quote);
      if (feed == address(0)) revert NoFeedFound();
    }

    return AggregatorV3Interface(feed).decimals();
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 93 的 113:Ownable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Context} from "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * The initial owner is set to the address provided by the deployer. This can
 * later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;

    /**
     * @dev The caller account is not authorized to perform an operation.
     */
    error OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The owner is not a valid owner account. (eg. `address(0)`)
     */
    error OwnableInvalidOwner(address owner);

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the address provided by the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor(address initialOwner) {
        if (initialOwner == address(0)) {
            revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        if (owner() != _msgSender()) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(_msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) {
            revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 94 的 113:OwnableUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {ContextUpgradeable} from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * The initial owner is set to the address provided by the deployer. This can
 * later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Ownable
    struct OwnableStorage {
        address _owner;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Ownable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant OwnableStorageLocation = 0x9016d09d72d40fdae2fd8ceac6b6234c7706214fd39c1cd1e609a0528c199300;

    function _getOwnableStorage() private pure returns (OwnableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := OwnableStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The caller account is not authorized to perform an operation.
     */
    error OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The owner is not a valid owner account. (eg. `address(0)`)
     */
    error OwnableInvalidOwner(address owner);

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the address provided by the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init(address initialOwner) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained(initialOwner);
    }

    function __Ownable_init_unchained(address initialOwner) internal onlyInitializing {
        if (initialOwner == address(0)) {
            revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        OwnableStorage storage $ = _getOwnableStorage();
        return $._owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        if (owner() != _msgSender()) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(_msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) {
            revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        OwnableStorage storage $ = _getOwnableStorage();
        address oldOwner = $._owner;
        $._owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 95 的 113:Packet.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { Origin } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/interfaces/ILayerZeroEndpointV2.sol";
import { PacketV1Codec } from "@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/contracts/messagelib/libs/PacketV1Codec.sol";

/**
 * @title InboundPacket
 * @dev Structure representing an inbound packet received by the contract.
 */
struct InboundPacket {
    Origin origin; // Origin information of the packet.
    uint32 dstEid; // Destination endpointId of the packet.
    address receiver; // Receiver address for the packet.
    bytes32 guid; // Unique identifier of the packet.
    uint256 value; // msg.value of the packet.
    address executor; // Executor address for the packet.
    bytes message; // Message payload of the packet.
    bytes extraData; // Additional arbitrary data for the packet.
}

/**
 * @title PacketDecoder
 * @dev Library for decoding LayerZero packets.
 */
library PacketDecoder {
    using PacketV1Codec for bytes;

    /**
     * @dev Decode an inbound packet from the given packet data.
     * @param _packet The packet data to decode.
     * @return packet An InboundPacket struct representing the decoded packet.
     */
    function decode(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (InboundPacket memory packet) {
        packet.origin = Origin(_packet.srcEid(), _packet.sender(), _packet.nonce());
        packet.dstEid = _packet.dstEid();
        packet.receiver = _packet.receiverB20();
        packet.guid = _packet.guid();
        packet.message = _packet.message();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decode multiple inbound packets from the given packet data and associated message values.
     * @param _packets An array of packet data to decode.
     * @param _packetMsgValues An array of associated message values for each packet.
     * @return packets An array of InboundPacket structs representing the decoded packets.
     */
    function decode(
        bytes[] calldata _packets,
        uint256[] memory _packetMsgValues
    ) internal pure returns (InboundPacket[] memory packets) {
        packets = new InboundPacket[](_packets.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _packets.length; i++) {
            bytes calldata packet = _packets[i];
            packets[i] = PacketDecoder.decode(packet);
            // @dev Allows the verifier to specify the msg.value that gets passed in lzReceive.
            packets[i].value = _packetMsgValues[i];
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 96 的 113:PacketV1Codec.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LZBL-1.2

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { Packet } from "../../interfaces/ISendLib.sol";
import { AddressCast } from "../../libs/AddressCast.sol";

library PacketV1Codec {
    using AddressCast for address;
    using AddressCast for bytes32;

    uint8 internal constant PACKET_VERSION = 1;

    // header (version + nonce + path)
    // version
    uint256 private constant PACKET_VERSION_OFFSET = 0;
    //    nonce
    uint256 private constant NONCE_OFFSET = 1;
    //    path
    uint256 private constant SRC_EID_OFFSET = 9;
    uint256 private constant SENDER_OFFSET = 13;
    uint256 private constant DST_EID_OFFSET = 45;
    uint256 private constant RECEIVER_OFFSET = 49;
    // payload (guid + message)
    uint256 private constant GUID_OFFSET = 81; // keccak256(nonce + path)
    uint256 private constant MESSAGE_OFFSET = 113;

    function encode(Packet memory _packet) internal pure returns (bytes memory encodedPacket) {
        encodedPacket = abi.encodePacked(
            PACKET_VERSION,
            _packet.nonce,
            _packet.srcEid,
            _packet.sender.toBytes32(),
            _packet.dstEid,
            _packet.receiver,
            _packet.guid,
            _packet.message
        );
    }

    function encodePacketHeader(Packet memory _packet) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return
            abi.encodePacked(
                PACKET_VERSION,
                _packet.nonce,
                _packet.srcEid,
                _packet.sender.toBytes32(),
                _packet.dstEid,
                _packet.receiver
            );
    }

    function encodePayload(Packet memory _packet) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encodePacked(_packet.guid, _packet.message);
    }

    function header(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes calldata) {
        return _packet[0:GUID_OFFSET];
    }

    function version(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (uint8) {
        return uint8(bytes1(_packet[PACKET_VERSION_OFFSET:NONCE_OFFSET]));
    }

    function nonce(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(bytes8(_packet[NONCE_OFFSET:SRC_EID_OFFSET]));
    }

    function srcEid(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        return uint32(bytes4(_packet[SRC_EID_OFFSET:SENDER_OFFSET]));
    }

    function sender(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(_packet[SENDER_OFFSET:DST_EID_OFFSET]);
    }

    function senderAddressB20(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (address) {
        return sender(_packet).toAddress();
    }

    function dstEid(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        return uint32(bytes4(_packet[DST_EID_OFFSET:RECEIVER_OFFSET]));
    }

    function receiver(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(_packet[RECEIVER_OFFSET:GUID_OFFSET]);
    }

    function receiverB20(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (address) {
        return receiver(_packet).toAddress();
    }

    function guid(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(_packet[GUID_OFFSET:MESSAGE_OFFSET]);
    }

    function message(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes calldata) {
        return bytes(_packet[MESSAGE_OFFSET:]);
    }

    function payload(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes calldata) {
        return bytes(_packet[GUID_OFFSET:]);
    }

    function payloadHash(bytes calldata _packet) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(payload(_packet));
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 97 的 113:PausableUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {ContextUpgradeable} from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Pausable
    struct PausableStorage {
        bool _paused;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Pausable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant PausableStorageLocation = 0xcd5ed15c6e187e77e9aee88184c21f4f2182ab5827cb3b7e07fbedcd63f03300;

    function _getPausableStorage() private pure returns (PausableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := PausableStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The operation failed because the contract is paused.
     */
    error EnforcedPause();

    /**
     * @dev The operation failed because the contract is not paused.
     */
    error ExpectedPause();

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        $._paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        return $._paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        if (paused()) {
            revert EnforcedPause();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        if (!paused()) {
            revert ExpectedPause();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        $._paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        $._paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 98 的 113:Pool.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Auction} from "./Auction.sol";
import {BondToken} from "./BondToken.sol";
import {Decimals} from "./lib/Decimals.sol";
import {OracleFeeds} from "./OracleFeeds.sol";
import {Distributor} from "./Distributor.sol";
import {DistributorAdapter} from "./DistributorAdapter.sol";
import {PoolFactory} from "./PoolFactory.sol";
import {Deployer} from "./utils/Deployer.sol";
import {Validator} from "./utils/Validator.sol";
import {OracleReader} from "./OracleReader.sol";
import {LeverageToken} from "./LeverageToken.sol";
import {CrossChainController} from "./cross-chain/CrossChainController.sol";
import {ERC20Extensions} from "./lib/ERC20Extensions.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title Pool
 * @dev This contract manages a pool of assets, allowing for the creatio and redemption of bond and
 * leverage tokens.
 * It also handles distribution periods and interacts with an oracle for price information.
 */
contract Pool is Initializable, PausableUpgradeable, ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable, OracleReader, Validator {
  using Decimals for uint256;
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
  using ERC20Extensions for IERC20;

  // Constants
  uint256 private constant POINT_EIGHT = 800_000; // 1000000 precision | 800000=0.8
  uint256 private constant POINT_TWO = 200_000;
  uint256 private constant COLLATERAL_THRESHOLD = 1_250_000;
  uint256 private constant PRECISION = 1_000_000;
  uint256 private constant BOND_TARGET_PRICE = 100;
  uint8 private constant COMMON_DECIMALS = 18;
  uint256 private constant SECONDS_PER_YEAR = 365 days;
  uint256 private constant MIN_POOL_SALE_LIMIT = 90; // 90%

  // Protocol
  PoolFactory public poolFactory;
  uint256 private fee;
  address public feeBeneficiary;
  uint256 private lastFeeClaimTime;
  uint256 private poolSaleLimit;
  string public name;

  // Tokens
  address public reserveToken;
  BondToken public bondToken;
  LeverageToken public lToken;

  // Coupon
  address public couponToken;

  // Distribution
  uint256 private sharesPerToken;
  uint256 private distributionPeriod; // in seconds
  uint256 private auctionPeriod; // in seconds
  uint256 private lastDistribution; // timestamp in seconds
  mapping(uint256 => address) public auctions;

  /**
   * @dev Enum representing the types of tokens that can be created or redeemed.
   */
  enum TokenType {
    BOND, // bond
    LEVERAGE
  }

  /**
   * @dev Struct containing information about the pool's current state.
   */
  struct PoolInfo {
    uint256 fee;
    uint256 reserve; //underlying token amount
    uint256 bondSupply;
    uint256 levSupply;
    uint256 sharesPerToken;
    uint256 currentPeriod;
    uint256 lastDistribution;
    uint256 distributionPeriod;
    uint256 auctionPeriod;
    address feeBeneficiary;
  }

  // Custom errors
  error MinAmount();
  error ZeroAmount();
  error FeeTooHigh();
  error AccessDenied();
  error NotBeneficiary();
  error ZeroDebtSupply();
  error AuctionIsOngoing();
  error ZeroLeverageSupply();
  error CallerIsNotAuction();
  error DistributionPeriod();
  error AuctionPeriodPassed();
  error AuctionAlreadyStarted();
  error PoolSaleLimitTooLow();
  error DistributionPeriodNotPassed();

  // Events
  event AuctionStarted(address auction, uint256 period, uint256 couponAmountToDistribute);
  event SharesPerTokenChanged(uint256 oldSharesPerToken, uint256 sharesPerToken);
  event Distributed(uint256 period, uint256 amount, address distributor, address distributorAdapter);
  event AuctionPeriodChanged(uint256 oldPeriod, uint256 newPeriod);
  event DistributionRollOver(uint256 period, uint256 shares);
  event DistributionPeriodChanged(uint256 oldPeriod, uint256 newPeriod);
  event TokensCreated(
    address caller, address indexed onBehalfOf, TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositedAmount, uint256 mintedAmount
  );
  event TokensRedeemed(
    address caller, address indexed onBehalfOf, TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositedAmount, uint256 redeemedAmount
  );
  event FeeClaimed(address beneficiary, uint256 amount);
  event NoFeesToClaim();
  event FeeChanged(uint256 oldFee, uint256 newFee);
  event PoolSaleLimitChanged(uint256 oldThreshold, uint256 newThreshold);

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the contract with the given parameters.
   * @param _poolFactory Address of the pool factory contract.
   * @param _fee Fee percentage for the pool.
   * @param _reserveToken Address of the reserve token.
   * @param _dToken Address of the bond token.
   * @param _lToken Address of the leverage token.
   * @param _couponToken Address of the coupon token.
   * @param _sharesPerToken Initial shares per bond per distribution period.
   * @param _distributionPeriod Initial distribution period in seconds.
   * @param _oracleFeeds Address of the OracleFeeds contract.
   */
  function initialize(
    address _poolFactory,
    uint256 _fee,
    address _reserveToken,
    address _dToken,
    address _lToken,
    address _couponToken,
    uint256 _sharesPerToken,
    uint256 _distributionPeriod,
    address _feeBeneficiary,
    address _oracleFeeds,
    bool _pauseOnCreation
  ) public initializer {
    __OracleReader_init(_oracleFeeds);
    __ReentrancyGuard_init();
    __Pausable_init();

    poolFactory = PoolFactory(_poolFactory);
    // Fee cannot exceed 10%
    require(_fee <= 100_000, FeeTooHigh());
    fee = _fee;
    reserveToken = _reserveToken;
    bondToken = BondToken(_dToken);
    lToken = LeverageToken(_lToken);
    couponToken = _couponToken;
    sharesPerToken = _sharesPerToken;
    distributionPeriod = _distributionPeriod;
    lastDistribution = block.timestamp;
    feeBeneficiary = _feeBeneficiary;
    lastFeeClaimTime = block.timestamp;
    poolSaleLimit = MIN_POOL_SALE_LIMIT;

    if (_pauseOnCreation) _pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the pool sale limit. Cannot be set below 90%.
   * @param _poolSaleLimit The new pool sale limit value.
   */
  function setPoolSaleLimit(uint256 _poolSaleLimit) external onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    if (_poolSaleLimit < MIN_POOL_SALE_LIMIT) revert PoolSaleLimitTooLow();
    uint256 oldThreshold = poolSaleLimit;
    poolSaleLimit = _poolSaleLimit;
    emit PoolSaleLimitChanged(oldThreshold, _poolSaleLimit);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Creates new tokens by depositing reserve tokens.
   * @param tokenType The type of token to create (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of reserve tokens to deposit.
   * @param minAmount The minimum amount of new tokens to receive.
   * @return amount of new tokens created.
   */
  function create(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount, uint256 minAmount)
    external
    nonReentrant
    whenNotPaused
    returns (uint256)
  {
    return _create(tokenType, depositAmount, minAmount, address(0));
  }

  /**
   * @dev Creates new tokens by depositing reserve tokens, with additional parameters for deadline
   * and onBehalfOf for router support.
   * @param tokenType The type of token to create (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of reserve tokens to deposit.
   * @param minAmount The minimum amount of new tokens to receive.
   * @param deadline The deadline timestamp in seconds for the transaction to be executed.
   * @param onBehalfOf The address to receive the new tokens.
   * @return The amount of new tokens created.
   */
  function create(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount, uint256 minAmount, uint256 deadline, address onBehalfOf)
    external
    nonReentrant
    whenNotPaused
    checkDeadline(deadline)
    returns (uint256)
  {
    return _create(tokenType, depositAmount, minAmount, onBehalfOf);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Creates new tokens by depositing reserve tokens, with additional parameters for deadline
   * and onBehalfOf for router support.
   * @param tokenType The type of token to create (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of reserve tokens to deposit.
   * @param minAmount The minimum amount of new tokens to receive.
   * @param onBehalfOf The address to receive the new tokens.
   * @return The amount of new tokens created.
   */
  function _create(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount, uint256 minAmount, address onBehalfOf)
    private
    returns (uint256)
  {
    _claimFees();
    // Get amount to mint
    uint256 amount = simulateCreate(tokenType, depositAmount);

    // Check slippage
    if (amount < minAmount) revert MinAmount();

    // Mint amount should be higher than zero
    if (amount == 0) revert ZeroAmount();

    address recipient = onBehalfOf == address(0) ? msg.sender : onBehalfOf;

    // Take reserveToken from user
    IERC20(reserveToken).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), depositAmount);

    // Mint tokens
    if (tokenType == TokenType.BOND) bondToken.mint(recipient, amount);
    else lToken.mint(recipient, amount);

    emit TokensCreated(msg.sender, recipient, tokenType, depositAmount, amount);
    return amount;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Simulates the creation of new tokens without actually minting them.
   * @param tokenType The type of token to simulate creating (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of reserve tokens to simulate depositing.
   * @return amount of new tokens that would be created.
   */
  function simulateCreate(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount) public view returns (uint256) {
    require(depositAmount > 0, ZeroAmount());

    uint256 bondSupply = bondToken.totalSupply().normalizeTokenAmount(address(bondToken), COMMON_DECIMALS);
    uint256 levSupply = lToken.totalSupply().normalizeTokenAmount(address(lToken), COMMON_DECIMALS);
    uint256 poolReserves =
      IERC20(reserveToken).balanceOf(address(this)).normalizeTokenAmount(reserveToken, COMMON_DECIMALS);

    poolReserves =
      poolReserves - (poolReserves * fee * (block.timestamp - lastFeeClaimTime)) / (PRECISION * SECONDS_PER_YEAR);

    depositAmount = depositAmount.normalizeTokenAmount(reserveToken, COMMON_DECIMALS);

    uint8 assetDecimals = 0;
    if (tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE) assetDecimals = lToken.decimals();
    else assetDecimals = bondToken.decimals();

    return getCreateAmount(
      tokenType,
      depositAmount,
      bondSupply,
      levSupply,
      poolReserves,
      getOraclePrice(reserveToken, USD),
      getOracleDecimals(reserveToken, USD)
    ).normalizeAmount(COMMON_DECIMALS, assetDecimals);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Calculates the amount of new tokens to create based on the current pool state and oracle
   * price.
   * @param tokenType The type of token to create (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of reserve tokens to deposit.
   * @param bondSupply The current supply of bond tokens.
   * @param levSupply The current supply of leverage tokens.
   * @param poolReserves The current amount of reserve tokens in the pool.
   * @param ethPrice The current ETH price from the oracle.
   * @param oracleDecimals The number of decimals used by the oracle.
   * @return amount of new tokens to create.
   */
  function getCreateAmount(
    TokenType tokenType,
    uint256 depositAmount,
    uint256 bondSupply,
    uint256 levSupply,
    uint256 poolReserves,
    uint256 ethPrice,
    uint8 oracleDecimals
  ) public pure returns (uint256) {
    if (bondSupply == 0) revert ZeroDebtSupply();

    uint256 assetSupply = bondSupply;
    uint256 multiplier = POINT_EIGHT;
    if (tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE) {
      multiplier = POINT_TWO;
      assetSupply = levSupply;
    }

    uint256 tvl = (ethPrice * poolReserves).toBaseUnit(oracleDecimals);
    uint256 collateralLevel = (tvl * PRECISION) / (bondSupply * BOND_TARGET_PRICE);
    uint256 creationRate = BOND_TARGET_PRICE * PRECISION;

    if (collateralLevel <= COLLATERAL_THRESHOLD) {
      if (tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE && assetSupply == 0) revert ZeroLeverageSupply();
      creationRate = (tvl * multiplier) / assetSupply;
    } else if (tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE) {
      if (assetSupply == 0) revert ZeroLeverageSupply();

      uint256 adjustedValue = tvl - (BOND_TARGET_PRICE * bondSupply);
      creationRate = (adjustedValue * PRECISION) / assetSupply;
    }

    return ((depositAmount * ethPrice * PRECISION) / creationRate).toBaseUnit(oracleDecimals);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Redeems tokens for reserve tokens.
   * @param tokenType The type of derivative token to redeem (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of derivative tokens to redeem.
   * @param minAmount The minimum amount of reserve tokens to receive.
   * @return amount of reserve tokens received.
   */
  function redeem(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount, uint256 minAmount)
    public
    nonReentrant
    whenNotPaused
    returns (uint256)
  {
    return _redeem(tokenType, depositAmount, minAmount, address(0));
  }

  /**
   * @dev Redeems tokens for reserve tokens, with additional parameters.
   * @param tokenType The type of derivative token to redeem (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of derivative tokens to redeem.
   * @param minAmount The minimum amount of reserve tokens to receive.
   * @param deadline The deadline timestamp in seconds for the transaction to be executed.
   * @param onBehalfOf The address to receive the reserve tokens.
   * @return amount of reserve tokens received.
   */
  function redeem(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount, uint256 minAmount, uint256 deadline, address onBehalfOf)
    external
    nonReentrant
    whenNotPaused
    checkDeadline(deadline)
    returns (uint256)
  {
    return _redeem(tokenType, depositAmount, minAmount, onBehalfOf);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Redeems tokens for reserve tokens, with additional parameters.
   * @param tokenType The type of derivative token to redeem (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of derivative tokens to redeem.
   * @param minAmount The minimum amount of reserve tokens to receive.
   * @param onBehalfOf The address to receive the reserve tokens.
   * @return amount of reserve tokens received.
   */
  function _redeem(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount, uint256 minAmount, address onBehalfOf)
    private
    returns (uint256)
  {
    _claimFees();
    // Get amount to mint
    uint256 reserveAmount = simulateRedeem(tokenType, depositAmount);

    // Check whether reserve contains enough funds
    if (reserveAmount < minAmount) revert MinAmount();

    // Reserve amount should be higher than zero
    if (reserveAmount == 0) revert ZeroAmount();

    // Burn derivative tokens
    if (tokenType == TokenType.BOND) bondToken.burn(msg.sender, depositAmount);
    else lToken.burn(msg.sender, depositAmount);

    address recipient = onBehalfOf == address(0) ? msg.sender : onBehalfOf;

    IERC20(reserveToken).safeTransfer(recipient, reserveAmount);

    emit TokensRedeemed(msg.sender, recipient, tokenType, depositAmount, reserveAmount);
    return reserveAmount;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Simulates the redemption of tokens without actually burning them.
   * @param tokenType The type of derivative token to simulate redeeming (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of derivative tokens to simulate redeeming.
   * @return amount of reserve tokens that would be received.
   */
  function simulateRedeem(TokenType tokenType, uint256 depositAmount) public view returns (uint256) {
    require(depositAmount > 0, ZeroAmount());

    uint256 bondSupply = bondToken.totalSupply().normalizeTokenAmount(address(bondToken), COMMON_DECIMALS);
    uint256 levSupply = lToken.totalSupply().normalizeTokenAmount(address(lToken), COMMON_DECIMALS);
    uint256 poolReserves =
      IERC20(reserveToken).balanceOf(address(this)).normalizeTokenAmount(reserveToken, COMMON_DECIMALS);

    // Calculate and subtract fees from poolReserves
    poolReserves =
      poolReserves - (poolReserves * fee * (block.timestamp - lastFeeClaimTime)) / (PRECISION * SECONDS_PER_YEAR);

    address derivTokenToRedeem = tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE ? address(lToken) : address(bondToken);
    depositAmount = depositAmount.normalizeTokenAmount(derivTokenToRedeem, COMMON_DECIMALS);

    uint8 oracleDecimals = getOracleDecimals(reserveToken, USD);
    uint8 sharesDecimals = bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS();

    uint256 marketRate;
    address feed = OracleFeeds(oracleFeeds).priceFeeds(derivTokenToRedeem, USD);

    if (feed != address(0)) {
      marketRate = getOraclePrice(derivTokenToRedeem, USD).normalizeAmount(
        getOracleDecimals(derivTokenToRedeem, USD),
        sharesDecimals // this is the decimals of the reserve token chainlink feed
      );
    }

    return getRedeemAmount(
      tokenType,
      depositAmount,
      bondSupply,
      levSupply,
      poolReserves,
      getOraclePrice(reserveToken, USD),
      oracleDecimals,
      marketRate
    ).normalizeAmount(COMMON_DECIMALS, IERC20(reserveToken).safeDecimals());
  }

  /**
   * @dev Calculates the amount of reserve tokens to be redeemed for a given amount of bond or
   * leverage tokens.
   * @param tokenType The type of derivative token being redeemed (BOND or LEVERAGE).
   * @param depositAmount The amount of derivative tokens being redeemed.
   * @param bondSupply The total supply of bond tokens.
   * @param levSupply The total supply of leverage tokens.
   * @param poolReserves The total amount of reserve tokens in the pool.
   * @param ethPrice The current ETH price from the oracle.
   * @param oracleDecimals The number of decimals used by the oracle.
   * @param marketRate The current market rate of the bond token.
   * @return amount of reserve tokens to be redeemed.
   */
  function getRedeemAmount(
    TokenType tokenType,
    uint256 depositAmount,
    uint256 bondSupply,
    uint256 levSupply,
    uint256 poolReserves,
    uint256 ethPrice,
    uint8 oracleDecimals,
    uint256 marketRate
  ) public pure returns (uint256) {
    if (bondSupply == 0) revert ZeroDebtSupply();

    uint256 tvl = (ethPrice * poolReserves).toBaseUnit(oracleDecimals);
    uint256 assetSupply = bondSupply;
    uint256 multiplier = POINT_EIGHT;

    // Calculate the collateral level based on the token type
    uint256 collateralLevel = (tvl * PRECISION) / (bondSupply * BOND_TARGET_PRICE);
    if (tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE) {
      multiplier = POINT_TWO;
      assetSupply = levSupply;

      if (assetSupply == 0) revert ZeroLeverageSupply();
    }

    // Calculate the redeem rate based on the collateral level and token type
    uint256 redeemRate;
    if (collateralLevel <= COLLATERAL_THRESHOLD) {
      redeemRate = ((tvl * multiplier) / assetSupply);
    } else if (tokenType == TokenType.LEVERAGE) {
      redeemRate = ((tvl - (bondSupply * BOND_TARGET_PRICE)) * PRECISION / assetSupply);
    } else {
      redeemRate = BOND_TARGET_PRICE * PRECISION;
    }

    if (marketRate != 0 && marketRate < redeemRate) redeemRate = marketRate;

    // Calculate and return the final redeem amount
    return ((depositAmount * redeemRate).fromBaseUnit(oracleDecimals) / ethPrice) / PRECISION;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Starts an auction for the current period.
   */
  function startAuction() external whenNotPaused {
    // Check if distribution period has passed
    require(lastDistribution + distributionPeriod < block.timestamp, DistributionPeriodNotPassed());

    // Check if auction period hasn't passed
    require(lastDistribution + distributionPeriod + auctionPeriod >= block.timestamp, AuctionPeriodPassed());

    // Check if auction for current period has already started
    (uint256 currentPeriod,) = bondToken.globalPool();
    require(auctions[currentPeriod] == address(0), AuctionAlreadyStarted());

    uint8 bondDecimals = bondToken.decimals();
    uint8 sharesDecimals = bondToken.SHARES_DECIMALS();
    uint8 maxDecimals = bondDecimals > sharesDecimals ? bondDecimals : sharesDecimals;

    uint256 normalizedTotalSupply = bondToken.totalSupply().normalizeAmount(bondDecimals, maxDecimals);
    uint256 normalizedShares = sharesPerToken.normalizeAmount(sharesDecimals, maxDecimals);

    // Calculate the coupon amount to distribute
    uint256 couponAmountToDistribute =
      (normalizedTotalSupply * normalizedShares).toBaseUnit(maxDecimals * 2 - IERC20(couponToken).safeDecimals());

    // Round UP the coupon amount relative to slot size
    uint256 maxBids = 1000;
    couponAmountToDistribute = ((couponAmountToDistribute + maxBids - 1) / maxBids) * maxBids;

    address auction = Deployer(poolFactory.deployer()).deployAuction(
      address(this),
      address(couponToken),
      address(reserveToken),
      couponAmountToDistribute,
      block.timestamp + auctionPeriod,
      maxBids,
      address(this),
      poolSaleLimit
    );

    auctions[currentPeriod] = auction;

    // Increase the bond token period
    bondToken.increaseIndexedAssetPeriod(sharesPerToken);

    // If cross-chain is enabled, increase the shares per token for all remotes
    address crossChainController = poolFactory.crossChainController();
    if (crossChainController != address(0)) {
      CrossChainController(crossChainController).increaseIndexedAssetPeriodForRemotes(sharesPerToken);
    }

    // Update last distribution time
    lastDistribution += distributionPeriod;

    bondToken.setAuctionStartBlock(block.number);

    emit AuctionStarted(auction, currentPeriod, couponAmountToDistribute);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Transfers reserve tokens to the current auction.
   * @param amount The amount of reserve tokens to transfer.
   */
  function transferReserveToAuction(uint256 amount) external virtual {
    require(msg.sender == lastAuction(), CallerIsNotAuction());

    IERC20(reserveToken).safeTransfer(msg.sender, amount);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the shares per token for the last period to 0. Only called when an auction fails.
   */
  function zeroLastSharesPerToken() external {
    require(msg.sender == lastAuction(), CallerIsNotAuction());

    bondToken.zeroLastSharesPerToken();

    // If cross-chain is enabled, zero the shares per token for all remotes
    address crossChainController = poolFactory.crossChainController();
    if (crossChainController != address(0)) {
      CrossChainController(crossChainController).zeroLastSharesPerTokenForRemotes();
    }
  }

  /**
   * @dev Distributes coupon tokens to bond token holders.
   * Can only be called after the distribution period has passed.
   */
  function distribute() external whenNotPaused {
    (uint256 currentPeriod,) = bondToken.globalPool();
    require(currentPeriod > 0, AccessDenied());

    // Period is increased when auction starts, we want to distribute for the previous period
    uint256 previousPeriod = currentPeriod - 1;
    uint256 couponAmountToDistribute = Auction(auctions[previousPeriod]).totalBuyCouponAmount();

    if (
      Auction(auctions[previousPeriod]).state() == Auction.State.FAILED_POOL_SALE_LIMIT
        || Auction(auctions[previousPeriod]).state() == Auction.State.FAILED_UNDERSOLD
    ) {
      emit DistributionRollOver(previousPeriod, couponAmountToDistribute);
      return;
    }

    if (Auction(auctions[previousPeriod]).state() != Auction.State.SUCCEEDED) revert AuctionIsOngoing();

    // Get Distributor
    address distributor = poolFactory.distributors(address(this));
    address distributorIntegrationAdapter = poolFactory.distributorIntegrationAdapters(address(this));
    CrossChainController crossChainController = CrossChainController(poolFactory.crossChainController());

    uint256 distributorIntegrationAdapterAmount;
    if (distributorIntegrationAdapter != address(0)) {
      distributorIntegrationAdapterAmount = DistributorAdapter(distributorIntegrationAdapter).getDistributionAmount();
    }

    uint256 remoteDistributionAmount;
    if (address(crossChainController) != address(0)) {
      remoteDistributionAmount = crossChainController.getRemoteDistributionAmountForPool(address(this));
      if (remoteDistributionAmount > 0) {
        IERC20(couponToken).safeTransfer(address(crossChainController), remoteDistributionAmount);
        crossChainController.sendUsdcToRemoteDistributors(address(this));
      }
    }

    // Transfer coupon tokens to the distributor
    IERC20(couponToken).safeTransfer(
      distributor, couponAmountToDistribute - distributorIntegrationAdapterAmount - remoteDistributionAmount
    );
    IERC20(couponToken).safeTransfer(distributorIntegrationAdapter, distributorIntegrationAdapterAmount);

    // Update distributor with the amount to distribute
    Distributor(distributor).allocate(
      couponAmountToDistribute - distributorIntegrationAdapterAmount - remoteDistributionAmount
    );

    emit Distributed(previousPeriod, couponAmountToDistribute, distributor, distributorIntegrationAdapter);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Returns the current pool information.
   * @return info A struct containing various pool parameters and balances in the following order:
   * {fee, distributionPeriod, reserve, bondSupply, levSupply, sharesPerToken, currentPeriod,
   * lastDistribution, auctionPeriod, feeBeneficiary}
   */
  function getPoolInfo() external view returns (PoolInfo memory info) {
    (uint256 currentPeriod, uint256 _sharesPerToken) = bondToken.globalPool();

    info = PoolInfo({
      fee: fee,
      distributionPeriod: distributionPeriod,
      reserve: IERC20(reserveToken).balanceOf(address(this)),
      bondSupply: bondToken.totalSupply(),
      levSupply: lToken.totalSupply(),
      sharesPerToken: _sharesPerToken,
      currentPeriod: currentPeriod,
      lastDistribution: lastDistribution,
      auctionPeriod: auctionPeriod,
      feeBeneficiary: feeBeneficiary
    });
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the distribution period.
   * @param _distributionPeriod The new distribution period.
   */
  function setDistributionPeriod(uint256 _distributionPeriod) external NotInAuction onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    uint256 oldPeriod = distributionPeriod;
    distributionPeriod = _distributionPeriod;

    emit DistributionPeriodChanged(oldPeriod, _distributionPeriod);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the auction period.
   * @param _auctionPeriod The new auction period.
   */
  function setAuctionPeriod(uint256 _auctionPeriod) external NotInAuction onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    uint256 oldPeriod = auctionPeriod;
    auctionPeriod = _auctionPeriod;

    emit AuctionPeriodChanged(oldPeriod, _auctionPeriod);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the shares per token.
   * @param _sharesPerToken The new shares per token value.
   */
  function setSharesPerToken(uint256 _sharesPerToken) external NotInAuction onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    uint256 oldSharesPerToken = sharesPerToken;
    sharesPerToken = _sharesPerToken;
    bondToken.setSharesPerToken(_sharesPerToken);

    emit SharesPerTokenChanged(oldSharesPerToken, sharesPerToken);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the fee for the pool.
   * @param _fee The new fee value.
   */
  function setFee(uint256 _fee) external onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    // Fee cannot exceed 10%
    require(_fee <= 100_000, FeeTooHigh());

    // Force a fee claim to prevent governance from setting a higher fee
    // and collecting increased fees on old deposits
    if (getFeeAmount() > 0) _claimFees();
    else lastFeeClaimTime = block.timestamp; // Still checkpoint the fee claim time for cases where
      // the fee is set to 0

    uint256 oldFee = fee;
    fee = _fee;
    emit FeeChanged(oldFee, _fee);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the fee beneficiary for the pool.
   * @param _feeBeneficiary The address of the new fee beneficiary.
   */
  function setFeeBeneficiary(address _feeBeneficiary) external onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    feeBeneficiary = _feeBeneficiary;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the name of the pool.
   * @param _name The new name of the pool.
   */
  function setName(string memory _name) external onlyRole(poolFactory.GOV_ROLE()) {
    name = _name;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Allows the fee beneficiary to claim the accumulated protocol fees.
   */
  function claimFees() public nonReentrant {
    _claimFees();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Returns the amount of fees to be claimed.
   * @return The amount of fees to be claimed.
   */
  function getFeeAmount() internal view returns (uint256) {
    return (IERC20(reserveToken).balanceOf(address(this)) * fee * (block.timestamp - lastFeeClaimTime))
      / (PRECISION * SECONDS_PER_YEAR);
  }

  function _claimFees() internal {
    uint256 feeAmount = getFeeAmount();

    if (feeAmount == 0) {
      emit NoFeesToClaim();
      return;
    }

    lastFeeClaimTime = block.timestamp;
    IERC20(reserveToken).safeTransfer(feeBeneficiary, feeAmount);

    emit FeeClaimed(feeBeneficiary, feeAmount);
  }

  function lastAuction() internal view returns (address) {
    (uint256 currentPeriod,) = bondToken.globalPool();
    return auctions[currentPeriod - 1];
  }

  /**
   * @dev Pauses the contract. Reverts any interaction except upgrade.
   */
  function pause() external onlyRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE()) {
    _pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Unpauses the contract.
   */
  function unpause() external onlyRole(poolFactory.SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE()) {
    _unpause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the caller has the specified role.
   * @param role The role to check for.
   */
  modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
    if (!poolFactory.hasRole(role, msg.sender)) revert AccessDenied();
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to prevent a function from being called during an ongoing auction.
   */
  modifier NotInAuction() {
    (uint256 currentPeriod,) = bondToken.globalPool();
    require(auctions[currentPeriod] == address(0), AuctionIsOngoing());
    _;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 99 的 113:PoolFactory.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {Pool} from "./Pool.sol";
import {BondToken} from "./BondToken.sol";
import {Distributor} from "./Distributor.sol";
import {DistributorAdapter} from "./DistributorAdapter.sol";
import {LeverageToken} from "./LeverageToken.sol";
import {Create3} from "@create3/contracts/Create3.sol";
import {Deployer} from "./utils/Deployer.sol";
import {ERC20Extensions} from "./lib/ERC20Extensions.sol";
import {IERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import {BeaconProxy} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/beacon/BeaconProxy.sol";
import {SafeERC20} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title PoolFactory
 * @dev This contract is responsible for creating and managing pools.
 * It inherits from various OpenZeppelin upgradeable contracts for enhanced functionality and
 * security.
 */
contract PoolFactory is Initializable, AccessControlUpgradeable, UUPSUpgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
  using ERC20Extensions for IERC20;

  bytes32 public constant GOV_ROLE = keccak256("GOV_ROLE");
  bytes32 public constant POOL_ROLE = keccak256("POOL_ROLE");
  bytes32 public constant MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
  bytes32 public constant SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE = keccak256("SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE");

  struct PoolParams {
    uint256 fee;
    address reserveToken;
    address couponToken;
    uint256 distributionPeriod;
    uint256 sharesPerToken;
    address feeBeneficiary;
  }

  /// @dev Array to store addresses of created pools
  address[] public pools;
  /// @dev Address of the governance contract
  address public governance;
  /// @dev Address of the OracleFeeds contract
  address public oracleFeeds;
  /// @dev Instance of the Deployer contract
  Deployer public deployer;
  /// @dev Address of the UpgradeableBeacon for Pool
  address public poolBeacon;
  /// @dev Address of the UpgradeableBeacon for BondToken
  address public bondBeacon;
  /// @dev Address of the UpgradeableBeacon for LeverageToken
  address public leverageBeacon;
  /// @dev Address of the UpgradeableBeacon for Distributor
  address public distributorBeacon;
  /// @dev Address of the UpgradeableBeacon for DistributorAdapter
  address public distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon;
  /// @dev Address of the DistributorCouponBridgeAdapter
  address public crossChainController;
  /// @dev Mapping to store distributor addresses for each pool
  mapping(address => address) public distributors;
  /// @dev Mapping to store integrating protocol distributor adapters for each pool
  mapping(address => address) public distributorIntegrationAdapters;

  /// @dev Error thrown when bond amount is zero
  error ZeroDebtAmount();
  /// @dev Error thrown when reserve amount is zero
  error ZeroReserveAmount();
  /// @dev Error thrown when leverage amount is zero
  error ZeroLeverageAmount();
  /// @dev Error thrown when distributor adapter beacon is already set
  error AlreadySet();

  /**
   * @dev Emitted when a new pool is created
   * @param pool Address of the newly created pool
   * @param reserveAmount Amount of reserve tokens
   * @param bondAmount Amount of bond tokens
   * @param leverageAmount Amount of leverage tokens
   */
  event PoolCreated(address pool, uint256 reserveAmount, uint256 bondAmount, uint256 leverageAmount);

  /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
  constructor() {
    _disableInitializers();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Initializes the contract with the governance address and sets up roles.
   * This function is called once during deployment or upgrading to initialize state variables.
   * @param _governance Address of the governance account that will have the GOV_ROLE.
   * @param _deployer Address of the Deployer contract.
   * @param _oracleFeeds Address of the OracleFeeds contract.
   * @param _poolImplementation Address of the Pool implementation contract.
   * @param _bondImplementation Address of the BondToken implementation contract.
   * @param _leverageImplementation Address of the LeverageToken implementation contract.
   * @param _distributorImplementation Address of the Distributor implementation contract.
   */
  function initialize(
    address _governance,
    address _deployer,
    address _oracleFeeds,
    address _poolImplementation,
    address _bondImplementation,
    address _leverageImplementation,
    address _distributorImplementation
  ) public initializer {
    __UUPSUpgradeable_init();
    __Pausable_init();

    deployer = Deployer(_deployer);
    governance = _governance;
    oracleFeeds = _oracleFeeds;
    _grantRole(GOV_ROLE, _governance);

    // Stores beacon implementation addresses
    poolBeacon = _poolImplementation;
    bondBeacon = _bondImplementation;
    leverageBeacon = _leverageImplementation;
    distributorBeacon = _distributorImplementation;

    // Temporary privilege for deployment configs. REVOKE IN PROD
    _grantRole(GOV_ROLE, msg.sender);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Creates a new pool with the given parameters
   * @param params Struct containing pool parameters
   * @param reserveAmount Amount of reserve tokens to seed the pool
   * @param bondAmount Amount of bond tokens to mint
   * @param leverageAmount Amount of leverage tokens to mint
   * @return Address of the newly created pool
   */
  function createPool(
    PoolParams calldata params,
    uint256 reserveAmount,
    uint256 bondAmount,
    uint256 leverageAmount,
    string memory bondName,
    string memory bondSymbol,
    string memory leverageName,
    string memory leverageSymbol,
    bool pauseOnCreation
  ) external whenNotPaused onlyRole(POOL_ROLE) returns (address) {
    if (reserveAmount == 0) revert ZeroReserveAmount();
    if (bondAmount == 0) revert ZeroDebtAmount();
    if (leverageAmount == 0) revert ZeroLeverageAmount();

    // Deploy Bond token
    BondToken bondToken = BondToken(
      deployer.deployBondToken(
        bondBeacon, bondName, bondSymbol, address(this), address(this), address(this), params.sharesPerToken
      )
    );

    // Deploy Leverage token
    LeverageToken lToken = LeverageToken(
      deployer.deployLeverageToken(
        leverageBeacon, leverageName, leverageSymbol, address(this), address(this), address(this)
      )
    );

    // Deploy pool contract as a BeaconProxy
    bytes memory initData = abi.encodeCall(
      Pool.initialize,
      (
        address(this),
        params.fee,
        params.reserveToken,
        address(bondToken),
        address(lToken),
        params.couponToken,
        params.sharesPerToken,
        params.distributionPeriod,
        params.feeBeneficiary,
        oracleFeeds,
        pauseOnCreation
      )
    );

    address pool = Create3.create3(
      keccak256(abi.encodePacked(params.reserveToken, params.couponToken, bondToken.symbol(), lToken.symbol())),
      abi.encodePacked(type(BeaconProxy).creationCode, abi.encode(poolBeacon, initData))
    );

    BondToken(bondToken).setPool(pool);

    // Deploy distributors
    Distributor distributor = Distributor(deployer.deployDistributor(distributorBeacon, pool, address(this)));
    distributors[pool] = address(distributor);
    distributorIntegrationAdapters[pool] =
      deployer.deployDistributorIntegrationAdapter(distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon, pool);

    // Deploy bridge distributors

    bondToken.grantRole(MINTER_ROLE, pool);
    lToken.grantRole(MINTER_ROLE, pool);

    bondToken.grantRole(bondToken.DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE(), pool);
    bondToken.grantRole(bondToken.DISTRIBUTOR_ROLE(), address(distributor));

    // set token governance
    bondToken.grantRole(GOV_ROLE, governance);
    lToken.grantRole(GOV_ROLE, governance);

    // renounce governance from factory
    bondToken.revokeRole(GOV_ROLE, address(this));
    lToken.revokeRole(GOV_ROLE, address(this));

    pools.push(pool);
    emit PoolCreated(pool, reserveAmount, bondAmount, leverageAmount);

    // Send seed reserves to pool
    IERC20(params.reserveToken).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, pool, reserveAmount);

    // Mint seed amounts
    bondToken.mint(msg.sender, bondAmount);
    lToken.mint(msg.sender, leverageAmount);

    // Revoke minter role from factory
    bondToken.revokeRole(MINTER_ROLE, address(this));
    lToken.revokeRole(MINTER_ROLE, address(this));

    return pool;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Returns the number of pools created.
   * @return The length of the pools array.
   */
  function poolsLength() external view returns (uint256) {
    return pools.length;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the deployer address.
   * @param _deployer The address of the deployer.
   */
  function setDeployer(address _deployer) external onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    deployer = Deployer(_deployer);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the governance address.
   * @param _governance The address of the governance.
   */
  function setGovernance(address _governance) external onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    address oldGovernance = governance;

    governance = _governance;
    grantRole(GOV_ROLE, _governance);
    revokeRole(GOV_ROLE, oldGovernance);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the distributor adapter beacon address. We need this as we can't use a reinitializer as this has been
   * disabled in the constructor with _disableInitializers()
   */
  function setDistributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon(address _distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon)
    external
    onlyRole(GOV_ROLE)
  {
    distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon = _distributorIntegrationAdapterBeacon;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Sets the distributor bridge adapter address
   */
  function setCrossChainController(address _crossChainController) external onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    crossChainController = _crossChainController;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
   * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted} event.
   * @param role The role to grant
   * @param account The account to grant the role to
   */
  function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    _grantRole(role, account);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
   * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
   * @param role The role to revoke
   * @param account The account to revoke the role from
   */
  function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {
    _revokeRole(role, account);
  }

  /**
   * @dev Pauses contract. Reverts any interaction except upgrade.
   */
  function pause() external onlyRole(SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE) {
    _pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Unpauses contract.
   */
  function unpause() external onlyRole(SECURITY_COUNCIL_ROLE) {
    _unpause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev Authorizes an upgrade to a new implementation.
   * Can only be called by the owner of the contract.
   * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation
   */
  function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal override onlyRole(GOV_ROLE) {}
}
合同源代码
文件 100 的 113:Proxy.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())

            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)

            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overridden so it returns the address to which the fallback
     * function and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 101 的 113:ReentrancyGuard.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    /**
     * @dev Unauthorized reentrant call.
     */
    error ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall();

    constructor() {
        _status = NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be NOT_ENTERED
        if (_status == ENTERED) {
            revert ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall();
        }

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the reentrancy guard is currently set to "entered", which indicates there is a
     * `nonReentrant` function in the call stack.
     */
    function _reentrancyGuardEntered() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _status == ENTERED;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 102 的 113:ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant ENTERED = 2;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ReentrancyGuard
    struct ReentrancyGuardStorage {
        uint256 _status;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ReentrancyGuard")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ReentrancyGuardStorageLocation = 0x9b779b17422d0df92223018b32b4d1fa46e071723d6817e2486d003becc55f00;

    function _getReentrancyGuardStorage() private pure returns (ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ReentrancyGuardStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Unauthorized reentrant call.
     */
    error ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall();

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        $._status = NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be NOT_ENTERED
        if ($._status == ENTERED) {
            revert ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall();
        }

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        $._status = ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        $._status = NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the reentrancy guard is currently set to "entered", which indicates there is a
     * `nonReentrant` function in the call stack.
     */
    function _reentrancyGuardEntered() internal view returns (bool) {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        return $._status == ENTERED;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 103 的 113:SafeCast.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/math/SafeCast.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/SafeCast.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's uintXX/intXX casting operators with added overflow
 * checks.
 *
 * Downcasting from uint256/int256 in Solidity does not revert on overflow. This can
 * easily result in undesired exploitation or bugs, since developers usually
 * assume that overflows raise errors. `SafeCast` restores this intuition by
 * reverting the transaction when such an operation overflows.
 *
 * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
 * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
 */
library SafeCast {
    /**
     * @dev Value doesn't fit in an uint of `bits` size.
     */
    error SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(uint8 bits, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev An int value doesn't fit in an uint of `bits` size.
     */
    error SafeCastOverflowedIntToUint(int256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Value doesn't fit in an int of `bits` size.
     */
    error SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(uint8 bits, int256 value);

    /**
     * @dev An uint value doesn't fit in an int of `bits` size.
     */
    error SafeCastOverflowedUintToInt(uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint248 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint248).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint248` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 248 bits
     */
    function toUint248(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint248) {
        if (value > type(uint248).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(248, value);
        }
        return uint248(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint240 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint240).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint240` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 240 bits
     */
    function toUint240(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint240) {
        if (value > type(uint240).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(240, value);
        }
        return uint240(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint232 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint232).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint232` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 232 bits
     */
    function toUint232(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint232) {
        if (value > type(uint232).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(232, value);
        }
        return uint232(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint224 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint224).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint224` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 224 bits
     */
    function toUint224(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint224) {
        if (value > type(uint224).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(224, value);
        }
        return uint224(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint216 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint216).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint216` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 216 bits
     */
    function toUint216(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint216) {
        if (value > type(uint216).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(216, value);
        }
        return uint216(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint208 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint208).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint208` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 208 bits
     */
    function toUint208(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint208) {
        if (value > type(uint208).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(208, value);
        }
        return uint208(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint200 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint200).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint200` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 200 bits
     */
    function toUint200(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint200) {
        if (value > type(uint200).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(200, value);
        }
        return uint200(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint192 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint192).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint192` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 192 bits
     */
    function toUint192(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint192) {
        if (value > type(uint192).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(192, value);
        }
        return uint192(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint184 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint184).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint184` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 184 bits
     */
    function toUint184(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint184) {
        if (value > type(uint184).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(184, value);
        }
        return uint184(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint176 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint176).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint176` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 176 bits
     */
    function toUint176(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint176) {
        if (value > type(uint176).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(176, value);
        }
        return uint176(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint168 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint168).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint168` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 168 bits
     */
    function toUint168(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint168) {
        if (value > type(uint168).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(168, value);
        }
        return uint168(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint160 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint160).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint160` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 160 bits
     */
    function toUint160(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint160) {
        if (value > type(uint160).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(160, value);
        }
        return uint160(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint152 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint152).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint152` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 152 bits
     */
    function toUint152(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint152) {
        if (value > type(uint152).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(152, value);
        }
        return uint152(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint144 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint144).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint144` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 144 bits
     */
    function toUint144(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint144) {
        if (value > type(uint144).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(144, value);
        }
        return uint144(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint136 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint136).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint136` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 136 bits
     */
    function toUint136(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint136) {
        if (value > type(uint136).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(136, value);
        }
        return uint136(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint128 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint128).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint128` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 128 bits
     */
    function toUint128(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        if (value > type(uint128).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(128, value);
        }
        return uint128(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint120 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint120).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint120` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 120 bits
     */
    function toUint120(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint120) {
        if (value > type(uint120).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(120, value);
        }
        return uint120(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint112 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint112).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint112` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 112 bits
     */
    function toUint112(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint112) {
        if (value > type(uint112).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(112, value);
        }
        return uint112(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint104 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint104).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint104` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 104 bits
     */
    function toUint104(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint104) {
        if (value > type(uint104).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(104, value);
        }
        return uint104(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint96 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint96).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint96` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 96 bits
     */
    function toUint96(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint96) {
        if (value > type(uint96).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(96, value);
        }
        return uint96(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint88 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint88).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint88` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 88 bits
     */
    function toUint88(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint88) {
        if (value > type(uint88).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(88, value);
        }
        return uint88(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint80 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint80).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint80` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 80 bits
     */
    function toUint80(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint80) {
        if (value > type(uint80).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(80, value);
        }
        return uint80(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint72 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint72).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint72` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 72 bits
     */
    function toUint72(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint72) {
        if (value > type(uint72).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(72, value);
        }
        return uint72(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint64 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint64).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint64` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 64 bits
     */
    function toUint64(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        if (value > type(uint64).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(64, value);
        }
        return uint64(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint56 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint56).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint56` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 56 bits
     */
    function toUint56(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint56) {
        if (value > type(uint56).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(56, value);
        }
        return uint56(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint48 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint48).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint48` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 48 bits
     */
    function toUint48(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint48) {
        if (value > type(uint48).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(48, value);
        }
        return uint48(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint40 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint40).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint40` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 40 bits
     */
    function toUint40(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint40) {
        if (value > type(uint40).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(40, value);
        }
        return uint40(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint32 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint32).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint32` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 32 bits
     */
    function toUint32(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        if (value > type(uint32).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(32, value);
        }
        return uint32(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint24 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint24).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint24` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 24 bits
     */
    function toUint24(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint24) {
        if (value > type(uint24).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(24, value);
        }
        return uint24(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint16 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint16).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint16` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 16 bits
     */
    function toUint16(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint16) {
        if (value > type(uint16).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(16, value);
        }
        return uint16(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint8 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint8).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint8` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 8 bits
     */
    function toUint8(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint8) {
        if (value > type(uint8).max) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintDowncast(8, value);
        }
        return uint8(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a signed int256 into an unsigned uint256.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must be greater than or equal to 0.
     */
    function toUint256(int256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (value < 0) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntToUint(value);
        }
        return uint256(value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int248 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int248 or
     * greater than largest int248).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int248` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 248 bits
     */
    function toInt248(int256 value) internal pure returns (int248 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int248(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(248, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int240 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int240 or
     * greater than largest int240).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int240` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 240 bits
     */
    function toInt240(int256 value) internal pure returns (int240 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int240(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(240, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int232 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int232 or
     * greater than largest int232).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int232` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 232 bits
     */
    function toInt232(int256 value) internal pure returns (int232 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int232(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(232, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int224 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int224 or
     * greater than largest int224).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int224` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 224 bits
     */
    function toInt224(int256 value) internal pure returns (int224 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int224(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(224, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int216 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int216 or
     * greater than largest int216).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int216` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 216 bits
     */
    function toInt216(int256 value) internal pure returns (int216 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int216(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(216, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int208 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int208 or
     * greater than largest int208).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int208` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 208 bits
     */
    function toInt208(int256 value) internal pure returns (int208 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int208(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(208, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int200 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int200 or
     * greater than largest int200).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int200` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 200 bits
     */
    function toInt200(int256 value) internal pure returns (int200 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int200(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(200, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int192 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int192 or
     * greater than largest int192).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int192` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 192 bits
     */
    function toInt192(int256 value) internal pure returns (int192 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int192(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(192, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int184 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int184 or
     * greater than largest int184).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int184` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 184 bits
     */
    function toInt184(int256 value) internal pure returns (int184 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int184(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(184, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int176 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int176 or
     * greater than largest int176).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int176` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 176 bits
     */
    function toInt176(int256 value) internal pure returns (int176 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int176(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(176, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int168 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int168 or
     * greater than largest int168).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int168` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 168 bits
     */
    function toInt168(int256 value) internal pure returns (int168 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int168(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(168, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int160 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int160 or
     * greater than largest int160).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int160` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 160 bits
     */
    function toInt160(int256 value) internal pure returns (int160 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int160(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(160, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int152 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int152 or
     * greater than largest int152).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int152` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 152 bits
     */
    function toInt152(int256 value) internal pure returns (int152 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int152(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(152, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int144 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int144 or
     * greater than largest int144).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int144` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 144 bits
     */
    function toInt144(int256 value) internal pure returns (int144 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int144(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(144, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int136 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int136 or
     * greater than largest int136).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int136` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 136 bits
     */
    function toInt136(int256 value) internal pure returns (int136 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int136(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(136, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int128 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int128 or
     * greater than largest int128).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int128` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 128 bits
     */
    function toInt128(int256 value) internal pure returns (int128 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int128(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(128, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int120 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int120 or
     * greater than largest int120).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int120` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 120 bits
     */
    function toInt120(int256 value) internal pure returns (int120 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int120(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(120, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int112 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int112 or
     * greater than largest int112).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int112` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 112 bits
     */
    function toInt112(int256 value) internal pure returns (int112 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int112(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(112, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int104 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int104 or
     * greater than largest int104).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int104` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 104 bits
     */
    function toInt104(int256 value) internal pure returns (int104 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int104(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(104, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int96 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int96 or
     * greater than largest int96).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int96` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 96 bits
     */
    function toInt96(int256 value) internal pure returns (int96 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int96(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(96, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int88 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int88 or
     * greater than largest int88).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int88` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 88 bits
     */
    function toInt88(int256 value) internal pure returns (int88 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int88(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(88, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int80 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int80 or
     * greater than largest int80).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int80` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 80 bits
     */
    function toInt80(int256 value) internal pure returns (int80 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int80(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(80, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int72 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int72 or
     * greater than largest int72).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int72` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 72 bits
     */
    function toInt72(int256 value) internal pure returns (int72 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int72(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(72, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int64 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int64 or
     * greater than largest int64).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int64` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 64 bits
     */
    function toInt64(int256 value) internal pure returns (int64 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int64(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(64, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int56 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int56 or
     * greater than largest int56).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int56` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 56 bits
     */
    function toInt56(int256 value) internal pure returns (int56 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int56(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(56, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int48 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int48 or
     * greater than largest int48).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int48` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 48 bits
     */
    function toInt48(int256 value) internal pure returns (int48 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int48(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(48, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int40 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int40 or
     * greater than largest int40).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int40` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 40 bits
     */
    function toInt40(int256 value) internal pure returns (int40 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int40(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(40, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int32 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int32 or
     * greater than largest int32).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int32` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 32 bits
     */
    function toInt32(int256 value) internal pure returns (int32 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int32(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(32, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int24 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int24 or
     * greater than largest int24).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int24` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 24 bits
     */
    function toInt24(int256 value) internal pure returns (int24 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int24(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(24, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int16 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int16 or
     * greater than largest int16).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int16` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 16 bits
     */
    function toInt16(int256 value) internal pure returns (int16 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int16(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(16, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted int8 from int256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is less than smallest int8 or
     * greater than largest int8).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `int8` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 8 bits
     */
    function toInt8(int256 value) internal pure returns (int8 downcasted) {
        downcasted = int8(value);
        if (downcasted != value) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedIntDowncast(8, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an unsigned uint256 into a signed int256.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must be less than or equal to maxInt256.
     */
    function toInt256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Note: Unsafe cast below is okay because `type(int256).max` is guaranteed to be positive
        if (value > uint256(type(int256).max)) {
            revert SafeCastOverflowedUintToInt(value);
        }
        return int256(value);
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 104 的 113:SafeERC20.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC20} from "../IERC20.sol";
import {IERC20Permit} from "../extensions/IERC20Permit.sol";
import {Address} from "../../../utils/Address.sol";

/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;

    /**
     * @dev An operation with an ERC20 token failed.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedOperation(address token);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failed `decreaseAllowance` request.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 currentAllowance, uint256 requestedDecrease);

    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from the calling contract to `to`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transfer, (to, value)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from `from` to `to`, spending the approval given by `from` to the
     * calling contract. If `token` returns no value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transferFrom, (from, to, value)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Increase the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
        forceApprove(token, spender, oldAllowance + value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decrease the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `requestedDecrease`. If `token` returns no
     * value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 requestedDecrease) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 currentAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            if (currentAllowance < requestedDecrease) {
                revert SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, requestedDecrease);
            }
            forceApprove(token, spender, currentAllowance - requestedDecrease);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Set the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` to `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful. Meant to be used with tokens that require the approval
     * to be set to zero before setting it to a non-zero value, such as USDT.
     */
    function forceApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        bytes memory approvalCall = abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, value));

        if (!_callOptionalReturnBool(token, approvalCall)) {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, 0)));
            _callOptionalReturn(token, approvalCall);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.

        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data);
        if (returndata.length != 0 && !abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) {
            revert SafeERC20FailedOperation(address(token));
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     *
     * This is a variant of {_callOptionalReturn} that silents catches all reverts and returns a bool instead.
     */
    function _callOptionalReturnBool(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private returns (bool) {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We cannot use {Address-functionCall} here since this should return false
        // and not revert is the subcall reverts.

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
        return success && (returndata.length == 0 || abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) && address(token).code.length > 0;
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 105 的 113:SignedMath.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library SignedMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
     * The result is rounded towards zero.
     */
    function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
        int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
        return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
     */
    function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
            return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 106 的 113:StorageSlot.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/StorageSlot.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```solidity
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(newImplementation.code.length > 0);
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    struct StringSlot {
        string value;
    }

    struct BytesSlot {
        bytes value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` representation of the string storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(string storage store) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` representation of the bytes storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes storage store) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 107 的 113:Strings.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Math} from "./math/Math.sol";
import {SignedMath} from "./math/SignedMath.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant HEX_DIGITS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev The `value` string doesn't fit in the specified `length`.
     */
    error StringsInsufficientHexLength(uint256 value, uint256 length);

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), HEX_DIGITS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toStringSigned(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return string.concat(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMath.abs(value)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        uint256 localValue = value;
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = HEX_DIGITS[localValue & 0xf];
            localValue >>= 4;
        }
        if (localValue != 0) {
            revert StringsInsufficientHexLength(value, length);
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal
     * representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
     */
    function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return bytes(a).length == bytes(b).length && keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 108 的 113:UUPSUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {IERC1822Proxiable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol";
import {ERC1967Utils} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol";
import {Initializable} from "./Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822Proxiable {
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable
    address private immutable __self = address(this);

    /**
     * @dev The version of the upgrade interface of the contract. If this getter is missing, both `upgradeTo(address)`
     * and `upgradeToAndCall(address,bytes)` are present, and `upgradeTo` must be used if no function should be called,
     * while `upgradeToAndCall` will invoke the `receive` function if the second argument is the empty byte string.
     * If the getter returns `"5.0.0"`, only `upgradeToAndCall(address,bytes)` is present, and the second argument must
     * be the empty byte string if no function should be called, making it impossible to invoke the `receive` function
     * during an upgrade.
     */
    string public constant UPGRADE_INTERFACE_VERSION = "5.0.0";

    /**
     * @dev The call is from an unauthorized context.
     */
    error UUPSUnauthorizedCallContext();

    /**
     * @dev The storage `slot` is unsupported as a UUID.
     */
    error UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUID(bytes32 slot);

    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        _checkProxy();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        _checkNotDelegated();
        _;
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate the implementation's compatibility when performing an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return ERC1967Utils.IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     *
     * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow-reachable delegatecall
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) public payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the execution is not performed via delegatecall or the execution
     * context is not of a proxy with an ERC1967-compliant implementation pointing to self.
     * See {_onlyProxy}.
     */
    function _checkProxy() internal view virtual {
        if (
            address(this) == __self || // Must be called through delegatecall
            ERC1967Utils.getImplementation() != __self // Must be called through an active proxy
        ) {
            revert UUPSUnauthorizedCallContext();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the execution is performed via delegatecall.
     * See {notDelegated}.
     */
    function _checkNotDelegated() internal view virtual {
        if (address(this) != __self) {
            // Must not be called through delegatecall
            revert UUPSUnauthorizedCallContext();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;

    /**
     * @dev Performs an implementation upgrade with a security check for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * As a security check, {proxiableUUID} is invoked in the new implementation, and the return value
     * is expected to be the implementation slot in ERC1967.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) private {
        try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
            if (slot != ERC1967Utils.IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT) {
                revert UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUID(slot);
            }
            ERC1967Utils.upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data);
        } catch {
            // The implementation is not UUPS
            revert ERC1967Utils.ERC1967InvalidImplementation(newImplementation);
        }
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 109 的 113:Utils.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import {ERC1967Proxy} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";

/**
 * @title Utils
 * @dev Library containing utility functions for contract deployment
 */
library Utils {
  /**
   * @dev Deploys a new upgradeable proxy contract
   * @param implementation The address of the implementation contract
   * @param initialize The initialization data for the proxy contract
   * @return address The address of the newly deployed proxy contract
   */
  function deploy(address implementation, bytes memory initialize) internal returns (address) {
    ERC1967Proxy proxy = new ERC1967Proxy(implementation, initialize);

    return address(proxy);
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 110 的 113:Validator.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.26;

import "./BlockTimestamp.sol";

/**
 * @title Validator
 * @dev Abstract contract that provides a modifier to check transaction deadlines.
 */
abstract contract Validator is BlockTimestamp {
  /**
   * @dev Custom error to be thrown when a transaction is submitted after its deadline.
   */
  error TransactionTooOld();

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to check if the current block timestamp is before or equal to the given deadline.
   * @param deadline The timestamp by which the transaction must be executed.
   * @notice This modifier will revert the transaction if the current block timestamp is after the
   * deadline.
   */
  modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
    if (_blockTimestamp() > deadline) revert TransactionTooOld();
    _;
  }
}
合同源代码
文件 111 的 113:WeightedPoolUserData.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "../solidity-utils/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

library WeightedPoolUserData {
    // In order to preserve backwards compatibility, make sure new join and exit kinds are added at the end of the enum.
    enum JoinKind { INIT, EXACT_TOKENS_IN_FOR_BPT_OUT, TOKEN_IN_FOR_EXACT_BPT_OUT, ALL_TOKENS_IN_FOR_EXACT_BPT_OUT }
    enum ExitKind { EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_ONE_TOKEN_OUT, EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_TOKENS_OUT, BPT_IN_FOR_EXACT_TOKENS_OUT }

    function joinKind(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (JoinKind) {
        return abi.decode(self, (JoinKind));
    }

    function exitKind(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (ExitKind) {
        return abi.decode(self, (ExitKind));
    }

    // Joins

    function initialAmountsIn(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory amountsIn) {
        (, amountsIn) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256[]));
    }

    function exactTokensInForBptOut(bytes memory self)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256[] memory amountsIn, uint256 minBPTAmountOut)
    {
        (, amountsIn, minBPTAmountOut) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256[], uint256));
    }

    function tokenInForExactBptOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256 tokenIndex) {
        (, bptAmountOut, tokenIndex) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256, uint256));
    }

    function allTokensInForExactBptOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountOut) {
        (, bptAmountOut) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256));
    }

    // Exits

    function exactBptInForTokenOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountIn, uint256 tokenIndex) {
        (, bptAmountIn, tokenIndex) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256, uint256));
    }

    function exactBptInForTokensOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountIn) {
        (, bptAmountIn) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256));
    }

    function bptInForExactTokensOut(bytes memory self)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256[] memory amountsOut, uint256 maxBPTAmountIn)
    {
        (, amountsOut, maxBPTAmountIn) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256[], uint256));
    }
}
合同源代码
文件 112 的 113:draft-IERC1822.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822Proxiable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
合同源代码
文件 113 的 113:draft-IERC6093.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v5.0.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC6093.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard ERC20 Errors
 * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC20 tokens.
 */
interface IERC20Errors {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates an error related to the current `balance` of a `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     * @param balance Current balance for the interacting account.
     * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
     */
    error ERC20InsufficientBalance(address sender, uint256 balance, uint256 needed);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidSender(address sender);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
     * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `spender`’s `allowance`. Used in transfers.
     * @param spender Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     * @param allowance Amount of tokens a `spender` is allowed to operate with.
     * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
     */
    error ERC20InsufficientAllowance(address spender, uint256 allowance, uint256 needed);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidApprover(address approver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `spender` to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param spender Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidSpender(address spender);
}

/**
 * @dev Standard ERC721 Errors
 * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC721 tokens.
 */
interface IERC721Errors {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that an address can't be an owner. For example, `address(0)` is a forbidden owner in EIP-20.
     * Used in balance queries.
     * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidOwner(address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a `tokenId` whose `owner` is the zero address.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     */
    error ERC721NonexistentToken(uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates an error related to the ownership over a particular token. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
     */
    error ERC721IncorrectOwner(address sender, uint256 tokenId, address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidSender(address sender);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
     * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator`’s approval. Used in transfers.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     */
    error ERC721InsufficientApproval(address operator, uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidApprover(address approver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator` to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidOperator(address operator);
}

/**
 * @dev Standard ERC1155 Errors
 * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC1155 tokens.
 */
interface IERC1155Errors {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates an error related to the current `balance` of a `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     * @param balance Current balance for the interacting account.
     * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     */
    error ERC1155InsufficientBalance(address sender, uint256 balance, uint256 needed, uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidSender(address sender);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
     * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator`’s approval. Used in transfers.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
     */
    error ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(address operator, address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidApprover(address approver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator` to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidOperator(address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates an array length mismatch between ids and values in a safeBatchTransferFrom operation.
     * Used in batch transfers.
     * @param idsLength Length of the array of token identifiers
     * @param valuesLength Length of the array of token amounts
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidArrayLength(uint256 idsLength, uint256 valuesLength);
}
设置
{
  "compilationTarget": {
    "src/BalancerRouter.sol": "BalancerRouter"
  },
  "evmVersion": "cancun",
  "libraries": {},
  "metadata": {
    "bytecodeHash": "ipfs"
  },
  "optimizer": {
    "enabled": true,
    "runs": 200
  },
  "remappings": [
    ":@balancer-labs/v2-interfaces/=lib/balancer-v2-monorepo/pkg/interfaces/",
    ":@balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/=lib/balancer-v2-monorepo/pkg/pool-utils/",
    ":@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/=lib/balancer-v2-monorepo/pkg/solidity-utils/",
    ":@balancer/contracts/=lib/balancer-v2-monorepo/pkg/",
    ":@chainlink/contracts-ccip/=lib/chainlink-local/lib/ccip/contracts/",
    ":@chainlink/contracts/=lib/chainlink/contracts/",
    ":@chainlink/local/=lib/chainlink-local/",
    ":@chainlink/local/src/=lib/chainlink-local/src/",
    ":@create3/contracts/=lib/create3/contracts/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-messagelib-v2/=lib/layerzero-v2/packages/layerzero-v2/evm/messagelib/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-protocol-v2/=lib/layerzero-v2/packages/layerzero-v2/evm/protocol/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/lz-evm-v1-0.7/=lib/LayerZero-v1/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm-upgradeable/=lib/devtools/packages/oapp-evm-upgradeable/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/oapp-evm/=lib/devtools/packages/oapp-evm/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/oft-evm-upgradeable/=lib/devtools/packages/oft-evm-upgradeable/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/oft-evm/=lib/devtools/packages/oft-evm/",
    ":@layerzerolabs/test-devtools-evm-foundry/=lib/devtools/packages/test-devtools-evm-foundry/",
    ":@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/=lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/",
    ":@openzeppelin/contracts/=lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/",
    ":@openzeppelin/foundry-upgrades/=lib/openzeppelin-foundry-upgrades/src/",
    ":@uniswap/v3-core/=lib/v3-core/",
    ":@uniswap/v3-periphery/=lib/v3-periphery/",
    ":LayerZero-v1/=lib/LayerZero-v1/contracts/",
    ":balancer-v2-monorepo/=lib/balancer-v2-monorepo/",
    ":ccip/=lib/chainlink-local/lib/ccip/",
    ":chainlink-brownie-contracts/=lib/chainlink-local/lib/chainlink-brownie-contracts/contracts/src/v0.6/vendor/@arbitrum/nitro-contracts/src/",
    ":chainlink-local/=lib/chainlink-local/src/",
    ":chainlink/=lib/chainlink/",
    ":create3/=lib/create3/contracts/",
    ":devtools/=lib/devtools/packages/toolbox-foundry/src/",
    ":ds-test/=lib/chainlink-local/lib/forge-std/lib/ds-test/src/",
    ":erc4626-tests/=lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/lib/erc4626-tests/",
    ":forge-std/=lib/forge-std/src/",
    ":layerzero-v2/=lib/layerzero-v2/",
    ":openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/=lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/",
    ":openzeppelin-contracts/=lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/lib/openzeppelin-contracts/",
    ":openzeppelin-foundry-upgrades/=lib/openzeppelin-foundry-upgrades/src/",
    ":solidity-bytes-utils/=lib/solidity-bytes-utils/",
    ":solidity-stringutils/=lib/openzeppelin-foundry-upgrades/lib/solidity-stringutils/",
    ":v3-core/=lib/v3-core/",
    ":v3-periphery/=lib/v3-periphery/contracts/"
  ],
  "viaIR": true
}
ABI
[{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"_balancerVault","type":"address"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_weth","type":"address"}],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"constructor"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"target","type":"address"}],"name":"AddressEmptyCode","type":"error"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"account","type":"address"}],"name":"AddressInsufficientBalance","type":"error"},{"inputs":[],"name":"FailedInnerCall","type":"error"},{"inputs":[],"name":"ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall","type":"error"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"token","type":"address"}],"name":"SafeERC20FailedOperation","type":"error"},{"inputs":[],"name":"UnexpectedEth","type":"error"},{"anonymous":false,"inputs":[{"indexed":true,"internalType":"address","name":"plazaPool","type":"address"},{"indexed":false,"internalType":"address","name":"caller","type":"address"},{"indexed":true,"internalType":"address","name":"onBehalfOf","type":"address"},{"indexed":false,"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"tokenType","type":"uint8"},{"indexed":false,"internalType":"uint256","name":"depositedAmount","type":"uint256"},{"indexed":false,"internalType":"uint256","name":"redeemedAmount","type":"uint256"}],"name":"TokensRedeemed","type":"event"},{"inputs":[],"name":"balancerVault","outputs":[{"internalType":"contract IVault","name":"","type":"address"}],"stateMutability":"view","type":"function"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"plazaPool","type":"address"},{"internalType":"address","name":"depositToken","type":"address"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"amount","type":"uint256"},{"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"tokenType","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"minPlazaTokens","type":"uint256"}],"name":"deposit","outputs":[{"internalType":"uint256","name":"","type":"uint256"}],"stateMutability":"payable","type":"function"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"bytes32","name":"balancerPoolId","type":"bytes32"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_plazaPool","type":"address"},{"internalType":"contract IAsset[]","name":"assets","type":"address[]"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"plazaTokenAmount","type":"uint256"},{"internalType":"uint256[]","name":"minAmountsOut","type":"uint256[]"},{"internalType":"bytes","name":"userData","type":"bytes"},{"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"plazaTokenType","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"minbalancerPoolTokenOut","type":"uint256"}],"name":"exitPlazaAndBalancer","outputs":[],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"function"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"bytes32","name":"balancerPoolId","type":"bytes32"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_plazaPool","type":"address"},{"internalType":"contract IAsset[]","name":"assets","type":"address[]"},{"internalType":"uint256[]","name":"maxAmountsIn","type":"uint256[]"},{"internalType":"bytes","name":"userData","type":"bytes"},{"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"plazaTokenType","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"minPlazaTokens","type":"uint256"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"deadline","type":"uint256"}],"name":"joinBalancerAndPlaza","outputs":[{"internalType":"uint256","name":"","type":"uint256"}],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"function"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"_plazaPool","type":"address"},{"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"tokenType","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"tokenAmount","type":"uint256"}],"name":"simulateSwap","outputs":[{"internalType":"uint256","name":"","type":"uint256"}],"stateMutability":"view","type":"function"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"_plazaPool","type":"address"},{"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"tokenType","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"tokenAmount","type":"uint256"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"minAmountOut","type":"uint256"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"deadline","type":"uint256"}],"name":"swap","outputs":[{"internalType":"uint256","name":"","type":"uint256"}],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"function"},{"inputs":[],"name":"weth","outputs":[{"internalType":"contract IWETH","name":"","type":"address"}],"stateMutability":"view","type":"function"},{"inputs":[{"internalType":"address","name":"plazaPool","type":"address"},{"internalType":"enum Pool.TokenType","name":"tokenType","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"amount","type":"uint256"},{"internalType":"address","name":"withdrawToken","type":"address"},{"internalType":"uint256","name":"minAmount","type":"uint256"}],"name":"withdraw","outputs":[],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"function"}]